1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11 // 12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 15 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 16 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 17 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 27 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 29 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 30 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 31 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 32 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering. 33 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 34 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled() 35 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 36 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 38 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 39 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 40 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 41 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 42 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 43 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 44 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" 45 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 46 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 47 #include <algorithm> 48 #include <cstring> 49 #include <functional> 50 51 using namespace clang; 52 using namespace sema; 53 54 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 55 if (OwnedType) { 56 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 57 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 58 } 59 60 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 61 } 62 63 namespace { 64 65 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 66 public: 67 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass = false, 68 bool AllowTemplates = false, 69 bool AllowNonTemplates = true) 70 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass), 71 AllowTemplates(AllowTemplates), AllowNonTemplates(AllowNonTemplates) { 72 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 73 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 74 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 75 } 76 77 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 78 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) { 79 if (!AllowInvalidDecl && ND->isInvalidDecl()) 80 return false; 81 82 if (getAsTypeTemplateDecl(ND)) 83 return AllowTemplates; 84 85 bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND); 86 if (!IsType) 87 return false; 88 89 if (AllowNonTemplates) 90 return true; 91 92 // An injected-class-name of a class template (specialization) is valid 93 // as a template or as a non-template. 94 if (AllowTemplates) { 95 auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ND); 96 if (!RD || !RD->isInjectedClassName()) 97 return false; 98 RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD->getDeclContext()); 99 return RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() || 100 isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD); 101 } 102 103 return false; 104 } 105 106 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 107 } 108 109 private: 110 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 111 bool WantClassName; 112 bool AllowTemplates; 113 bool AllowNonTemplates; 114 }; 115 116 } // end anonymous namespace 117 118 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 119 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 120 switch (Kind) { 121 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 122 // token kind is a valid type specifier 123 case tok::kw_short: 124 case tok::kw_long: 125 case tok::kw___int64: 126 case tok::kw___int128: 127 case tok::kw_signed: 128 case tok::kw_unsigned: 129 case tok::kw_void: 130 case tok::kw_char: 131 case tok::kw_int: 132 case tok::kw_half: 133 case tok::kw_float: 134 case tok::kw_double: 135 case tok::kw___float128: 136 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 137 case tok::kw_bool: 138 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 139 case tok::kw___auto_type: 140 return true; 141 142 case tok::annot_typename: 143 case tok::kw_char16_t: 144 case tok::kw_char32_t: 145 case tok::kw_typeof: 146 case tok::annot_decltype: 147 case tok::kw_decltype: 148 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 149 150 default: 151 break; 152 } 153 154 return false; 155 } 156 157 namespace { 158 enum class UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult { 159 NotFound, 160 FoundNonType, 161 FoundType 162 }; 163 } // end anonymous namespace 164 165 /// \brief Tries to perform unqualified lookup of the type decls in bases for 166 /// dependent class. 167 /// \return \a NotFound if no any decls is found, \a FoundNotType if found not a 168 /// type decl, \a FoundType if only type decls are found. 169 static UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult 170 lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(Sema &S, const IdentifierInfo &II, 171 SourceLocation NameLoc, 172 const CXXRecordDecl *RD) { 173 if (!RD->hasDefinition()) 174 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 175 // Look for type decls in base classes. 176 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 177 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 178 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) { 179 const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD = nullptr; 180 if (auto *BaseTT = Base.getType()->getAs<TagType>()) 181 BaseRD = BaseTT->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 182 else if (auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { 183 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 184 // templates. 185 if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType()) 186 continue; 187 auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl(); 188 if (!TD) 189 continue; 190 if (auto *BasePrimaryTemplate = 191 dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl())) { 192 if (BasePrimaryTemplate->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl()) 193 BaseRD = BasePrimaryTemplate; 194 else if (auto *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD)) { 195 if (const ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS = 196 CTD->findPartialSpecialization(Base.getType())) 197 if (PS->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl()) 198 BaseRD = PS; 199 } 200 } 201 } 202 if (BaseRD) { 203 for (NamedDecl *ND : BaseRD->lookup(&II)) { 204 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(ND)) 205 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 206 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 207 } 208 if (FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound) { 209 switch (lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, BaseRD)) { 210 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType: 211 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 212 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType: 213 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 214 break; 215 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound: 216 break; 217 } 218 } 219 } 220 } 221 222 return FoundTypeDecl; 223 } 224 225 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S, 226 const IdentifierInfo &II, 227 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 228 // Lookup in the parent class template context, if any. 229 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr; 230 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 231 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 232 for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext; 233 DC && FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 234 DC = DC->getParent()) { 235 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 236 // templates. 237 RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 238 if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 239 FoundTypeDecl = lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, RD); 240 } 241 if (FoundTypeDecl != UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType) 242 return nullptr; 243 244 // We found some types in dependent base classes. Recover as if the user 245 // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'. We'll fully resolve the 246 // lookup during template instantiation. 247 S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II; 248 249 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 250 auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false, 251 cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD))); 252 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II); 253 254 CXXScopeSpec SS; 255 SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 256 257 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 258 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 259 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 260 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 261 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 262 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 263 } 264 265 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 266 /// return the declaration of that type. 267 /// 268 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 269 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 270 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 271 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 272 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 273 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 274 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 275 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 276 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 277 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 278 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 279 bool IsClassTemplateDeductionContext, 280 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 281 // FIXME: Consider allowing this outside C++1z mode as an extension. 282 bool AllowDeducedTemplate = IsClassTemplateDeductionContext && 283 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z && !IsCtorOrDtorName && 284 !isClassName && !HasTrailingDot; 285 286 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 287 DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr; 288 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 289 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 290 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 291 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 292 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 293 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 294 295 if (!LookupCtx) { 296 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 297 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 298 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 299 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 300 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 301 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 302 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 303 // 304 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 305 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 306 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 307 return nullptr; 308 309 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 310 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 311 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 312 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 313 314 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 315 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 316 II, NameLoc); 317 return ParsedType::make(T); 318 } 319 320 return nullptr; 321 } 322 323 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 324 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 325 return nullptr; 326 } 327 328 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 329 // lookup for class-names. 330 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 331 LookupOrdinaryName; 332 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 333 if (LookupCtx) { 334 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 335 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 336 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 337 // nested-name-specifier. 338 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 339 340 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 341 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 342 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 343 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 344 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 345 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 346 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 347 LookupName(Result, S); 348 } 349 } else { 350 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 351 LookupName(Result, S); 352 353 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 354 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 355 if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) { 356 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 357 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc)) 358 return TypeInBase; 359 } 360 } 361 362 NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr; 363 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 364 case LookupResult::NotFound: 365 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 366 if (CorrectedII) { 367 TypoCorrection Correction = 368 CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind, S, SS, 369 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>( 370 true, isClassName, AllowDeducedTemplate), 371 CTK_ErrorRecovery); 372 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 373 TemplateTy Template; 374 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 375 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 376 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 377 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 378 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 379 if (SS && NNS) { 380 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 381 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 382 } 383 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 384 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 385 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 386 // is handled elsewhere). 387 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 388 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, nullptr, false, 389 Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 390 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 391 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 392 IsCtorOrDtorName, 393 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 394 IsClassTemplateDeductionContext); 395 if (Ty) { 396 diagnoseTypo(Correction, 397 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 398 << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName); 399 if (SS && NNS) 400 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 401 *CorrectedII = NewII; 402 return Ty; 403 } 404 } 405 } 406 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 407 LLVM_FALLTHROUGH; 408 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 409 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 410 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 411 return nullptr; 412 413 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 414 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 415 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 416 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 417 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 418 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 419 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 420 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 421 return nullptr; 422 } 423 424 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 425 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 426 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 427 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res) || 428 (AllowDeducedTemplate && getAsTypeTemplateDecl(*Res))) { 429 if (!IIDecl || 430 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 431 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 432 IIDecl = *Res; 433 } 434 } 435 436 if (!IIDecl) { 437 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 438 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 439 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 440 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 441 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 442 // a type name. 443 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 444 return nullptr; 445 } 446 447 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 448 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 449 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 450 // perform the name lookup again. 451 break; 452 453 case LookupResult::Found: 454 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 455 break; 456 } 457 458 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 459 460 QualType T; 461 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 462 // C++ [class.qual]p2: A lookup that would find the injected-class-name 463 // instead names the constructors of the class, except when naming a class. 464 // This is ill-formed when we're not actually forming a ctor or dtor name. 465 auto *LookupRD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx); 466 auto *FoundRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TD); 467 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName && LookupRD && FoundRD && 468 FoundRD->isInjectedClassName() && 469 declaresSameEntity(LookupRD, cast<Decl>(FoundRD->getParent()))) 470 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_out_of_line_qualified_id_type_names_constructor) 471 << &II << /*Type*/1; 472 473 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 474 475 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 476 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false); 477 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 478 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 479 if (!HasTrailingDot) 480 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 481 } else if (AllowDeducedTemplate) { 482 if (auto *TD = getAsTypeTemplateDecl(IIDecl)) 483 T = Context.getDeducedTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName(TD), 484 QualType(), false); 485 } 486 487 if (T.isNull()) { 488 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 489 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 490 return nullptr; 491 } 492 493 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 494 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 495 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 496 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName && 497 !isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 498 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 499 // Construct a type with type-source information. 500 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 501 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 502 503 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 504 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 505 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 506 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 507 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 508 } else { 509 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 510 } 511 } 512 513 return ParsedType::make(T); 514 } 515 516 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context. 517 static NestedNameSpecifier * 518 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) { 519 for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 520 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 521 auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 522 if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace()) 523 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND); 524 else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 525 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 526 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 527 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 528 return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context); 529 } 530 llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?"); 531 } 532 533 /// Find the parent class with dependent bases of the innermost enclosing method 534 /// context. Do not look for enclosing CXXRecordDecls directly, or we will end 535 /// up allowing unqualified dependent type names at class-level, which MSVC 536 /// correctly rejects. 537 static const CXXRecordDecl * 538 findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(const DeclContext *DC) { 539 for (; DC && DC->isDependentContext(); DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 540 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 541 if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) 542 if (MD->getParent()->hasAnyDependentBases()) 543 return MD->getParent(); 544 } 545 return nullptr; 546 } 547 548 ParsedType Sema::ActOnMSVCUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 549 SourceLocation NameLoc, 550 bool IsTemplateTypeArg) { 551 assert(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && "shouldn't be called in non-MSVC mode"); 552 553 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = nullptr; 554 if (IsTemplateTypeArg && getCurScope()->isTemplateParamScope()) { 555 // If we weren't able to parse a default template argument, delay lookup 556 // until instantiation time by making a non-dependent DependentTypeName. We 557 // pretend we saw a NestedNameSpecifier referring to the current scope, and 558 // lookup is retried. 559 // FIXME: This hurts our diagnostic quality, since we get errors like "no 560 // type named 'Foo' in 'current_namespace'" when the user didn't write any 561 // name specifiers. 562 NNS = synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext); 563 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II; 564 } else if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = 565 findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(CurContext)) { 566 // Build a DependentNameType that will perform lookup into RD at 567 // instantiation time. 568 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 569 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 570 571 // Diagnose that this identifier was undeclared, and retry the lookup during 572 // template instantiation. 573 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_undeclared_unqual_id_with_dependent_base) << &II 574 << RD; 575 } else { 576 // This is not a situation that we should recover from. 577 return ParsedType(); 578 } 579 580 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II); 581 582 // Build type location information. We synthesized the qualifier, so we have 583 // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc. 584 NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder; 585 NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 586 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context); 587 588 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 589 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 590 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 591 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 592 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc); 593 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 594 } 595 596 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 597 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 598 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 599 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 600 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 601 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 602 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 603 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 604 LookupName(R, S, false); 605 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 606 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 607 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 608 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 609 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 610 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 611 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 612 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 613 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 614 } 615 } 616 617 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 618 } 619 620 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 621 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 622 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 623 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 624 /// @code 625 /// template<class T> class A { 626 /// public: 627 /// typedef int TYPE; 628 /// }; 629 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 630 /// public: 631 /// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 632 /// }; 633 /// @endcode 634 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 635 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 636 if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super) 637 return true; 638 639 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 640 641 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 642 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) 643 if (Ty && Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType())) 644 return true; 645 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 646 } 647 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 648 } 649 650 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 651 SourceLocation IILoc, 652 Scope *S, 653 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 654 ParsedType &SuggestedType, 655 bool IsTemplateName) { 656 // Don't report typename errors for editor placeholders. 657 if (II->isEditorPlaceholder()) 658 return; 659 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 660 SuggestedType = nullptr; 661 662 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 663 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 664 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = 665 CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 666 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>( 667 false, false, IsTemplateName, !IsTemplateName), 668 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 669 // FIXME: Support error recovery for the template-name case. 670 bool CanRecover = !IsTemplateName; 671 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 672 // We corrected to a keyword. 673 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 674 PDiag(IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_template_suggest 675 : diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 676 << II); 677 II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 678 } else { 679 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 680 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) { 681 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 682 PDiag(IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_template_suggest 683 : diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 684 << II, CanRecover); 685 } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) { 686 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 687 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 688 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 689 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 690 PDiag(IsTemplateName 691 ? diag::err_no_member_template_suggest 692 : diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 693 << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange(), 694 CanRecover); 695 } else { 696 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 697 } 698 699 if (!CanRecover) 700 return; 701 702 CXXScopeSpec tmpSS; 703 if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 704 tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(), 705 SourceRange(IILoc)); 706 // FIXME: Support class template argument deduction here. 707 SuggestedType = 708 getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), IILoc, S, 709 tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, false, nullptr, 710 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 711 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 712 } 713 return; 714 } 715 716 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !IsTemplateName) { 717 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 718 UnqualifiedId Name; 719 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 720 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 721 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 722 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 723 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 724 Name, nullptr, true, TemplateResult, 725 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 726 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get(); 727 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) 728 << (int)getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TplName) << TplName; 729 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 730 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 731 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 732 } 733 return; 734 } 735 } 736 737 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 738 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 739 740 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 741 Diag(IILoc, IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_template 742 : diag::err_unknown_typename) 743 << II; 744 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 745 Diag(IILoc, IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_member_template 746 : diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 747 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 748 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 749 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 750 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 751 DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing; 752 753 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 754 << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 755 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 756 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 757 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 758 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 759 } else { 760 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 761 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 762 } 763 } 764 765 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 766 /// or 767 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 768 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 769 NextToken.is(tok::less); 770 771 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 772 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 773 return true; 774 775 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 776 return true; 777 } 778 779 return false; 780 } 781 782 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 783 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 784 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 785 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 786 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 787 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 788 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 789 StringRef FixItTagName; 790 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 791 case TTK_Class: 792 FixItTagName = "class "; 793 break; 794 795 case TTK_Enum: 796 FixItTagName = "enum "; 797 break; 798 799 case TTK_Struct: 800 FixItTagName = "struct "; 801 break; 802 803 case TTK_Interface: 804 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 805 break; 806 807 case TTK_Union: 808 FixItTagName = "union "; 809 break; 810 } 811 812 StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back(); 813 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 814 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 815 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 816 817 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 818 I != IEnd; ++I) 819 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 820 << Name << TagName; 821 822 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 823 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 824 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 825 return true; 826 } 827 828 return false; 829 } 830 831 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 832 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 833 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 834 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 835 836 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 837 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 838 839 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 840 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 841 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 842 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 843 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 844 } 845 846 Sema::NameClassification 847 Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name, 848 SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken, 849 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 850 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC) { 851 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 852 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 853 854 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 855 NestedNameSpecInfo IdInfo(Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation()); 856 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, IdInfo, false, SS, nullptr, false); 857 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && SS.isSet() && 858 isCurrentClassName(*Name, S, &SS)) { 859 // Per [class.qual]p2, this names the constructors of SS, not the 860 // injected-class-name. We don't have a classification for that. 861 // There's not much point caching this result, since the parser 862 // will reject it later. 863 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 864 } 865 866 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 867 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 868 869 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 870 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 871 if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 872 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 873 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc)) 874 return TypeInBase; 875 } 876 877 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 878 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 879 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 880 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 881 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 882 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 883 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 884 return E; 885 } 886 887 bool SecondTry = false; 888 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 889 890 Corrected: 891 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 892 case LookupResult::NotFound: 893 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 894 // call. 895 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 896 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 897 // FIXME: Reference? 898 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 899 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 900 901 // C90 6.3.2.2: 902 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 903 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 904 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 905 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 906 // the function call, the declaration 907 // 908 // extern int identifier (); 909 // 910 // appeared. 911 // 912 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 913 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 914 Result.addDecl(D); 915 Result.resolveKind(); 916 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 917 } 918 } 919 920 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 921 // which case it's likely that the user just forgot to write "enum", 922 // "struct", or "union". 923 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 924 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 925 break; 926 } 927 928 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 929 // close to this name. 930 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 931 SecondTry = true; 932 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 933 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 934 &SS, std::move(CCC), 935 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 936 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 937 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 938 939 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getFoundDecl(); 940 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 941 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 942 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 943 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 944 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 945 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 946 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 947 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 948 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 949 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 950 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 951 } 952 953 if (SS.isEmpty()) { 954 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name); 955 } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 956 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 957 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 958 Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 959 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag) 960 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) 961 << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange()); 962 } 963 964 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 965 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 966 967 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 968 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 969 return Name; 970 971 // Also update the LookupResult... 972 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 973 Result.clear(); 974 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 975 if (FirstDecl) 976 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 977 978 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 979 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 980 // reference the ivar. 981 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 982 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 983 Result.clear(); 984 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 985 return E; 986 } 987 988 goto Corrected; 989 } 990 } 991 992 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 993 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 994 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 995 996 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 997 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 998 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 999 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 1000 1001 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 1002 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 1003 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 1004 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 1005 // qualified by the keyword typename. 1006 // 1007 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 1008 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 1009 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 1010 // keyword here. 1011 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 1012 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 1013 /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr); 1014 } 1015 1016 case LookupResult::Found: 1017 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 1018 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 1019 break; 1020 1021 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 1022 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 1023 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 1024 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 1025 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 1026 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 1027 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 1028 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 1029 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 1030 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 1031 // ambiguous. 1032 // 1033 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 1034 // so try again after filtering out template names. 1035 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 1036 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 1037 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 1038 break; 1039 } 1040 } 1041 1042 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 1043 return NameClassification::Error(); 1044 } 1045 1046 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 1047 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 1048 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 1049 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 1050 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 1051 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 1052 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 1053 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 1054 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 1055 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 1056 1057 if (!Result.empty()) { 1058 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 1059 bool IsVarTemplate; 1060 TemplateName Template; 1061 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 1062 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 1063 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 1064 Result.end()); 1065 } else { 1066 TemplateDecl *TD 1067 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 1068 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 1069 IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD); 1070 1071 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 1072 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 1073 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 1074 TD); 1075 else 1076 Template = TemplateName(TD); 1077 } 1078 1079 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 1080 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 1081 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 1082 // to based on which function we selected. 1083 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 1084 1085 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 1086 } 1087 1088 return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template) 1089 : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 1090 } 1091 } 1092 1093 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 1094 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 1095 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 1096 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false); 1097 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 1098 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1099 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 1100 return ParsedType::make(T); 1101 } 1102 1103 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 1104 if (!Class) { 1105 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 1106 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias = 1107 dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1108 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 1109 } 1110 1111 if (Class) { 1112 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 1113 1114 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 1115 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 1116 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 1117 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 1118 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 1119 } 1120 1121 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 1122 return ParsedType::make(T); 1123 } 1124 1125 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 1126 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && 1127 !isa<VarTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1128 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 1129 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 1130 1131 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 1132 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 1133 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.isOneOf(tok::amp, tok::star); 1134 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 1135 (NextIsOp && 1136 FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 1137 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 1138 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1139 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 1140 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 1141 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1142 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 1143 return ParsedType::make(T); 1144 } 1145 1146 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 1147 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 1148 nullptr, S); 1149 1150 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 1151 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 1152 } 1153 1154 Sema::TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics 1155 Sema::getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TemplateName Name) { 1156 auto *TD = Name.getAsTemplateDecl(); 1157 if (!TD) 1158 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::DependentTemplate; 1159 if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD)) 1160 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::ClassTemplate; 1161 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD)) 1162 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::FunctionTemplate; 1163 if (isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD)) 1164 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::VarTemplate; 1165 if (isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(TD)) 1166 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::AliasTemplate; 1167 if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(TD)) 1168 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::TemplateTemplateParam; 1169 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::DependentTemplate; 1170 } 1171 1172 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 1173 // context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 1174 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 1175 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 1176 1177 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 1178 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 1179 // the context we'll need to return to. 1180 // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated 1181 // as an inline member function. A Lambda can be used legally 1182 // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument. These 1183 // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing 1184 // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one); 1185 // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an 1186 // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or 1187 // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the 1188 // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class). 1189 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) { 1190 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 1191 1192 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 1193 // lexical context. 1194 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 1195 return DC; 1196 1197 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 1198 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 1199 // class is the context we need to return to. 1200 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 1201 DC = RD; 1202 1203 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 1204 // declared in. 1205 return DC; 1206 } 1207 1208 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 1209 } 1210 1211 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1212 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 1213 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1214 CurContext = DC; 1215 S->setEntity(DC); 1216 } 1217 1218 void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 1219 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1220 1221 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 1222 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1223 } 1224 1225 Sema::SkippedDefinitionContext Sema::ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S, 1226 Decl *D) { 1227 // Unlike PushDeclContext, the context to which we return is not necessarily 1228 // the containing DC of TD, because the new context will be some pre-existing 1229 // TagDecl definition instead of a fresh one. 1230 auto Result = static_cast<SkippedDefinitionContext>(CurContext); 1231 CurContext = cast<TagDecl>(D)->getDefinition(); 1232 assert(CurContext && "skipping definition of undefined tag"); 1233 // Start lookups from the parent of the current context; we don't want to look 1234 // into the pre-existing complete definition. 1235 S->setEntity(CurContext->getLookupParent()); 1236 return Result; 1237 } 1238 1239 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context) { 1240 CurContext = static_cast<decltype(CurContext)>(Context); 1241 } 1242 1243 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1244 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1245 /// 1246 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1247 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 1248 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 1249 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 1250 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 1251 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 1252 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 1253 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 1254 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 1255 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 1256 // namespace. 1257 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 1258 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 1259 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 1260 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 1261 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 1262 1263 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 1264 1265 #ifndef NDEBUG 1266 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1267 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1268 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 1269 #endif 1270 1271 CurContext = DC; 1272 S->setEntity(DC); 1273 } 1274 1275 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 1276 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 1277 1278 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 1279 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 1280 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1281 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1282 CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity(); 1283 1284 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 1285 // disappear. 1286 } 1287 1288 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 1289 // We assume that the caller has already called 1290 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works. 1291 FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction(); 1292 if (!FD) 1293 return; 1294 1295 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 1296 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 1297 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 1298 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1299 CurContext = FD; 1300 S->setEntity(CurContext); 1301 1302 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 1303 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 1304 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 1305 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 1306 S->AddDecl(Param); 1307 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 1308 } 1309 } 1310 } 1311 1312 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1313 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1314 // rather than the top-level class. 1315 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1316 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1317 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1318 } 1319 1320 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1321 /// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1322 /// 1323 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1324 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1325 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1326 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1327 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1328 /// attribute. 1329 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1330 ASTContext &Context, 1331 const FunctionDecl *New) { 1332 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1333 return true; 1334 1335 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1336 return true; 1337 1338 return Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found && 1339 (Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() || 1340 New->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1341 } 1342 1343 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1344 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1345 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1346 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1347 // scope. 1348 while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) 1349 S = S->getParent(); 1350 1351 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1352 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1353 // into any context. 1354 if (AddToContext) 1355 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1356 1357 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they 1358 // are function-local declarations. 1359 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() && 1360 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1361 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 1362 !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1363 return; 1364 1365 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1366 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1367 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1368 return; 1369 1370 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1371 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1372 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1373 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1374 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1375 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1376 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1377 1378 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1379 break; 1380 } 1381 } 1382 1383 S->AddDecl(D); 1384 1385 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1386 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1387 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1388 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1389 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1390 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1391 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1392 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1393 continue; 1394 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1395 break; 1396 } 1397 1398 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1399 } else { 1400 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1401 } 1402 } 1403 1404 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1405 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1406 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1407 } 1408 1409 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1410 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1411 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace); 1412 } 1413 1414 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1415 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1416 do { 1417 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity()) 1418 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1419 return S; 1420 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1421 1422 return nullptr; 1423 } 1424 1425 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1426 DeclContext*, 1427 ASTContext&); 1428 1429 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1430 /// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1431 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1432 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1433 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1434 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1435 while (F.hasNext()) { 1436 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1437 1438 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace)) 1439 continue; 1440 1441 if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1442 continue; 1443 1444 F.erase(); 1445 } 1446 1447 F.done(); 1448 } 1449 1450 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1451 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1452 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1453 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1454 } 1455 1456 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1457 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1458 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1459 while (F.hasNext()) 1460 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1461 F.erase(); 1462 1463 F.done(); 1464 } 1465 1466 /// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1467 /// @code 1468 /// class S { 1469 /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1470 /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1471 /// }; 1472 /// @endcode 1473 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1474 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1475 // the decl here. 1476 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1477 return false; 1478 1479 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1480 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1481 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1482 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1483 return false; 1484 } 1485 1486 // We need this to handle 1487 // 1488 // typedef struct { 1489 // void *foo() { return 0; } 1490 // } A; 1491 // 1492 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A' 1493 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A', 1494 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end 1495 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage. 1496 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or 1497 // not. 1498 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1499 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); 1500 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) { 1501 if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){ 1502 if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage()) 1503 return true; 1504 } 1505 DC = DC->getParent(); 1506 } 1507 1508 return !D->isExternallyVisible(); 1509 } 1510 1511 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want 1512 // these semantics. 1513 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { 1514 if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete) 1515 return false; 1516 return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc); 1517 } 1518 1519 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1520 assert(D); 1521 1522 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1523 return false; 1524 1525 // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions 1526 // of members of class templates. 1527 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1528 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1529 return false; 1530 1531 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1532 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1533 return false; 1534 // A non-out-of-line declaration of a member specialization was implicitly 1535 // instantiated; it's the out-of-line declaration that we're interested in. 1536 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization && 1537 FD->getMemberSpecializationInfo() && !FD->isOutOfLine()) 1538 return false; 1539 1540 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1541 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1542 return false; 1543 } else { 1544 // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn. 1545 if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation())) 1546 return false; 1547 } 1548 1549 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1550 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1551 return false; 1552 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1553 // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal 1554 // linkage; don't warn. (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker 1555 // like "inline".) 1556 if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1557 return false; 1558 1559 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1560 return false; 1561 1562 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1563 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1564 return false; 1565 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1566 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization && 1567 VD->getMemberSpecializationInfo() && !VD->isOutOfLine()) 1568 return false; 1569 1570 if (VD->isInline() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1571 return false; 1572 } else { 1573 return false; 1574 } 1575 1576 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1577 // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function 1578 // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance. 1579 return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D); 1580 } 1581 1582 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1583 if (!D) 1584 return; 1585 1586 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1587 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl(); 1588 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1589 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1590 } 1591 1592 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1593 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl(); 1594 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1595 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1596 } 1597 1598 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1599 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1600 } 1601 1602 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1603 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1604 return false; 1605 1606 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() || 1607 D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>()) 1608 return false; 1609 1610 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1611 return true; 1612 1613 // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to 1614 // functions. 1615 bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod(); 1616 if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext())) 1617 // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred. 1618 WithinFunction = 1619 WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType()); 1620 if (!WithinFunction) 1621 return false; 1622 1623 if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) 1624 return true; 1625 1626 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1627 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D)) 1628 return false; 1629 1630 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1631 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1632 1633 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1634 const auto *Ty = VD->getType().getTypePtr(); 1635 1636 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1637 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1638 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1639 return false; 1640 } 1641 1642 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1643 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1644 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1645 return false; 1646 1647 // Look at the element type to ensure that the warning behaviour is 1648 // consistent for both scalars and arrays. 1649 Ty = Ty->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe(); 1650 1651 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1652 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1653 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1654 return false; 1655 1656 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1657 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1658 return false; 1659 1660 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1661 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = 1662 dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1663 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1664 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1665 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1666 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1667 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1668 if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1669 return false; 1670 } 1671 } 1672 } 1673 } 1674 1675 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1676 } 1677 1678 return true; 1679 } 1680 1681 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1682 FixItHint &Hint) { 1683 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1684 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1685 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1686 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1687 return; 1688 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1689 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1690 } 1691 } 1692 1693 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) { 1694 if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType()) 1695 return; 1696 1697 for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) { 1698 if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD)) 1699 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T); 1700 else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD)) 1701 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R); 1702 } 1703 } 1704 1705 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1706 /// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1707 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1708 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1709 return; 1710 1711 if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { 1712 // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted 1713 // at end-of-translation-unit. 1714 UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD); 1715 return; 1716 } 1717 1718 FixItHint Hint; 1719 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1720 1721 unsigned DiagID; 1722 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1723 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1724 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1725 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1726 else 1727 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1728 1729 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1730 } 1731 1732 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1733 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1734 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1735 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved 1736 // MS inline assembly label name. 1737 bool Diagnose = false; 1738 if (L->isMSAsmLabel()) 1739 Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel(); 1740 else 1741 Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr; 1742 if (Diagnose) 1743 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1744 } 1745 1746 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1747 S->mergeNRVOIntoParent(); 1748 1749 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1750 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1751 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1752 1753 for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) { 1754 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1755 1756 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1757 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1758 1759 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1760 1761 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1762 if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) { 1763 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1764 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D)) 1765 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD); 1766 } 1767 1768 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1769 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1770 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1771 1772 // Remove this name from our lexical scope, and warn on it if we haven't 1773 // already. 1774 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1775 auto ShadowI = ShadowingDecls.find(D); 1776 if (ShadowI != ShadowingDecls.end()) { 1777 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowI->second)) { 1778 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_ctor_parm_shadows_field) 1779 << D << FD << FD->getParent(); 1780 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1781 } 1782 ShadowingDecls.erase(ShadowI); 1783 } 1784 } 1785 } 1786 1787 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1788 /// 1789 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1790 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1791 /// to the fixed name. 1792 /// 1793 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1794 /// 1795 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1796 /// if there is no class with the given name. 1797 /// 1798 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1799 /// class could not be found. 1800 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1801 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1802 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1803 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1804 // creation from this context. 1805 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1806 1807 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1808 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1809 // find an Objective-C class name. 1810 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo( 1811 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr, 1812 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl>>(), 1813 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 1814 diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id); 1815 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1816 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1817 } 1818 } 1819 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1820 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1821 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1822 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1823 return Def; 1824 } 1825 1826 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1827 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1828 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1829 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1830 /// ill-formed in C++: 1831 /// @code 1832 /// struct S6 { 1833 /// enum { BAR } e; 1834 /// }; 1835 /// 1836 /// void test_S6() { 1837 /// struct S6 a; 1838 /// a.e = BAR; 1839 /// } 1840 /// @endcode 1841 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1842 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1843 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1844 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1845 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1846 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1847 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1848 /// contain non-field names. 1849 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1850 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1851 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) || 1852 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1853 S = S->getParent(); 1854 return S; 1855 } 1856 1857 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1858 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1859 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1860 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1861 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1862 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1863 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1864 return; 1865 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1866 1867 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1868 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1869 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1870 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1871 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1872 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1873 } 1874 1875 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) { 1876 switch (Error) { 1877 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1878 return ""; 1879 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1880 return "stdio.h"; 1881 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1882 return "setjmp.h"; 1883 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1884 return "ucontext.h"; 1885 } 1886 llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind"); 1887 } 1888 1889 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1890 /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1891 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1892 /// built-in. 1893 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 1894 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1895 SourceLocation Loc) { 1896 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1897 1898 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1899 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error); 1900 if (Error) { 1901 if (ForRedeclaration) 1902 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader) 1903 << getHeaderName(Error) << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 1904 return nullptr; 1905 } 1906 1907 if (!ForRedeclaration && 1908 (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID) || 1909 Context.BuiltinInfo.isHeaderDependentFunction(ID))) { 1910 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1911 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID) << R; 1912 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) && 1913 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)) 1914 Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare) 1915 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) 1916 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 1917 } 1918 1919 if (R.isNull()) 1920 return nullptr; 1921 1922 DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1923 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1924 LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl = 1925 LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, 1926 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false); 1927 CLinkageDecl->setImplicit(); 1928 Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl); 1929 Parent = CLinkageDecl; 1930 } 1931 1932 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1933 Parent, 1934 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1935 SC_Extern, 1936 false, 1937 R->isFunctionProtoType()); 1938 New->setImplicit(); 1939 1940 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1941 // FunctionDecl. 1942 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1943 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1944 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 1945 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1946 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 1947 nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1948 SC_None, nullptr); 1949 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1950 Params.push_back(parm); 1951 } 1952 New->setParams(Params); 1953 } 1954 1955 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1956 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S); 1957 1958 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1959 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1960 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1961 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1962 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1963 CurContext = Parent; 1964 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1965 CurContext = SavedContext; 1966 return New; 1967 } 1968 1969 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same 1970 /// entity if their types are the same. 1971 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's 1972 /// isSameEntity. 1973 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Sema &S, 1974 TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 1975 LookupResult &Previous) { 1976 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1977 if (!S.getLangOpts().Modules && !S.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 1978 return; 1979 1980 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1981 if (Previous.empty()) 1982 return; 1983 1984 LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter(); 1985 while (Filter.hasNext()) { 1986 NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next(); 1987 1988 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1989 if (S.isVisible(Old)) 1990 continue; 1991 1992 // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have 1993 // different linkages. 1994 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1995 if (S.Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(), 1996 Decl->getUnderlyingType())) 1997 continue; 1998 1999 // If both declarations give a tag declaration a typedef name for linkage 2000 // purposes, then they declare the same entity. 2001 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2002 OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true) && 2003 Decl->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName()) 2004 continue; 2005 } 2006 2007 Filter.erase(); 2008 } 2009 2010 Filter.done(); 2011 } 2012 2013 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 2014 QualType OldType; 2015 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 2016 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 2017 else 2018 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 2019 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 2020 2021 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 2022 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 2023 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 2024 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 2025 << Kind << NewType; 2026 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 2027 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 2028 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2029 return true; 2030 } 2031 2032 if (OldType != NewType && 2033 !OldType->isDependentType() && 2034 !NewType->isDependentType() && 2035 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 2036 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 2037 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 2038 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 2039 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 2040 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 2041 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2042 return true; 2043 } 2044 return false; 2045 } 2046 2047 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 2048 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 2049 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 2050 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 2051 /// 2052 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New, 2053 LookupResult &OldDecls) { 2054 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 2055 // merging checks. 2056 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 2057 2058 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 2059 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 2060 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 2061 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 2062 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 2063 default: break; 2064 case 2: 2065 { 2066 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 2067 break; 2068 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 2069 if (!T->isPointerType()) 2070 break; 2071 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 2072 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 2073 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 2074 break; 2075 } 2076 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 2077 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 2078 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 2079 return; 2080 } 2081 case 5: 2082 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 2083 break; 2084 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 2085 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 2086 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 2087 return; 2088 case 3: 2089 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 2090 break; 2091 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 2092 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 2093 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 2094 return; 2095 } 2096 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 2097 } 2098 2099 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 2100 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 2101 if (!Old) { 2102 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2103 << New->getDeclName(); 2104 2105 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 2106 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 2107 notePreviousDefinition(OldD, New->getLocation()); 2108 2109 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2110 } 2111 2112 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2113 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2114 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2115 2116 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 2117 auto *OldTag = OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true); 2118 auto *NewTag = New->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(); 2119 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 2120 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && OldTag && NewTag && 2121 OldTag->getCanonicalDecl() != NewTag->getCanonicalDecl() && 2122 !hasVisibleDefinition(OldTag, &Hidden)) { 2123 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. Use it 2124 // instead of our tag. 2125 New->setTypeForDecl(OldTD->getTypeForDecl()); 2126 if (OldTD->isModed()) 2127 New->setModedTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo(), 2128 OldTD->getUnderlyingType()); 2129 else 2130 New->setTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo()); 2131 2132 // Make the old tag definition visible. 2133 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden); 2134 2135 // If this was an unscoped enumeration, yank all of its enumerators 2136 // out of the scope. 2137 if (isa<EnumDecl>(NewTag)) { 2138 Scope *EnumScope = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 2139 for (auto *D : NewTag->decls()) { 2140 auto *ED = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 2141 assert(EnumScope->isDeclScope(ED)); 2142 EnumScope->RemoveDecl(ED); 2143 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ED); 2144 ED->getLexicalDeclContext()->removeDecl(ED); 2145 } 2146 } 2147 } 2148 } 2149 2150 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 2151 // with any extensions enabled. 2152 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 2153 return; 2154 2155 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if 2156 // the old declaration was a typedef. 2157 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 2158 New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef); 2159 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2160 } 2161 2162 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 2163 return; 2164 2165 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2166 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 2167 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 2168 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 2169 // to the type to which it already refers. 2170 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 2171 return; 2172 2173 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 2174 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 2175 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 2176 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 2177 // 2178 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 2179 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 2180 // 2181 // struct S { 2182 // typedef struct A { } A; 2183 // }; 2184 // 2185 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 2186 // allow the above but disallow 2187 // 2188 // struct S { 2189 // typedef int I; 2190 // typedef int I; 2191 // }; 2192 // 2193 // since that was the intent of DR56. 2194 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 2195 return; 2196 2197 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2198 << New->getDeclName(); 2199 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 2200 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2201 } 2202 2203 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 2204 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 2205 return; 2206 2207 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 2208 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 2209 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 2210 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 2211 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 2212 // Some standard types are defined implicitly in Clang (e.g. OpenCL). 2213 (Old->isImplicit() || 2214 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 2215 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 2216 return; 2217 2218 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef) 2219 << New->getDeclName(); 2220 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 2221 } 2222 2223 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 2224 /// attribute. 2225 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 2226 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 2227 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 2228 for (const auto *i : D->attrs()) 2229 if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 2230 if (Ann) { 2231 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation()) 2232 return true; 2233 continue; 2234 } 2235 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 2236 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i)) 2237 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind(); 2238 return true; 2239 } 2240 2241 return false; 2242 } 2243 2244 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { 2245 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 2246 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 2247 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2248 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); 2249 return true; 2250 } 2251 2252 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the 2253 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. 2254 /// 2255 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. 2256 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { 2257 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute 2258 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. 2259 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2260 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr; 2261 unsigned OldAlign = 0; 2262 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2263 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments 2264 // in a case like: 2265 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; 2266 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; 2267 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the 2268 // definition in such a case. 2269 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2270 return false; 2271 2272 if (I->isAlignas()) 2273 OldAlignasAttr = I; 2274 2275 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2276 if (Align > OldAlign) { 2277 OldAlign = Align; 2278 OldStrictestAlignAttr = I; 2279 } 2280 } 2281 2282 // Look for alignas attributes on New. 2283 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2284 unsigned NewAlign = 0; 2285 for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2286 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2287 return false; 2288 2289 if (I->isAlignas()) 2290 NewAlignasAttr = I; 2291 2292 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2293 if (Align > NewAlign) 2294 NewAlign = Align; 2295 } 2296 2297 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2298 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. 2299 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but 2300 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match 2301 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) 2302 2303 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it 2304 // specifies the natural alignment for the type. 2305 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { 2306 QualType Ty; 2307 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) 2308 Ty = VD->getType(); 2309 else 2310 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); 2311 2312 if (OldAlign == 0) 2313 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2314 if (NewAlign == 0) 2315 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2316 } 2317 2318 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2319 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) 2320 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() 2321 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); 2322 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2323 } 2324 } 2325 2326 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { 2327 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2328 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2329 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2330 // equivalent alignment. 2331 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2332 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2333 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2334 // have no alignment specifier. 2335 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2336 << OldAlignasAttr; 2337 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2338 << OldAlignasAttr; 2339 } 2340 2341 bool AnyAdded = false; 2342 2343 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. 2344 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { 2345 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); 2346 Clone->setInherited(true); 2347 New->addAttr(Clone); 2348 AnyAdded = true; 2349 } 2350 2351 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. 2352 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && 2353 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { 2354 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); 2355 Clone->setInherited(true); 2356 New->addAttr(Clone); 2357 AnyAdded = true; 2358 } 2359 2360 return AnyAdded; 2361 } 2362 2363 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, 2364 const InheritableAttr *Attr, 2365 Sema::AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2366 // This function copies an attribute Attr from a previous declaration to the 2367 // new declaration D if the new declaration doesn't itself have that attribute 2368 // yet or if that attribute allows duplicates. 2369 // If you're adding a new attribute that requires logic different from 2370 // "use explicit attribute on decl if present, else use attribute from 2371 // previous decl", for example if the attribute needs to be consistent 2372 // between redeclarations, you need to call a custom merge function here. 2373 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr; 2374 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex(); 2375 if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 2376 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 2377 AA->isImplicit(), AA->getIntroduced(), 2378 AA->getDeprecated(), 2379 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 2380 AA->getMessage(), AA->getStrict(), 2381 AA->getReplacement(), AMK, 2382 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2383 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2384 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2385 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2386 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2387 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2388 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2389 else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 2390 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(), 2391 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2392 else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 2393 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(), 2394 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2395 else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 2396 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 2397 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(), 2398 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2399 else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 2400 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(), 2401 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2402 else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr)) 2403 NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 2404 AttrSpellingListIndex, 2405 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 2406 else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr)) 2407 NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, AA->getRange(), 2408 &S.Context.Idents.get(AA->getSpelling()), 2409 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2410 else if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 2411 (isa<CUDAHostAttr>(Attr) || isa<CUDADeviceAttr>(Attr) || 2412 isa<CUDAGlobalAttr>(Attr))) { 2413 // CUDA target attributes are part of function signature for 2414 // overloading purposes and must not be merged. 2415 return false; 2416 } else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr)) 2417 NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, MA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2418 else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr)) 2419 NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, OA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2420 else if (const auto *InternalLinkageA = dyn_cast<InternalLinkageAttr>(Attr)) 2421 NewAttr = S.mergeInternalLinkageAttr( 2422 D, InternalLinkageA->getRange(), 2423 &S.Context.Idents.get(InternalLinkageA->getSpelling()), 2424 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2425 else if (const auto *CommonA = dyn_cast<CommonAttr>(Attr)) 2426 NewAttr = S.mergeCommonAttr(D, CommonA->getRange(), 2427 &S.Context.Idents.get(CommonA->getSpelling()), 2428 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2429 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) 2430 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all 2431 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. 2432 NewAttr = nullptr; 2433 else if ((isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) || isa<UnavailableAttr>(Attr)) && 2434 (AMK == Sema::AMK_Override || 2435 AMK == Sema::AMK_ProtocolImplementation)) 2436 NewAttr = nullptr; 2437 else if (const auto *UA = dyn_cast<UuidAttr>(Attr)) 2438 NewAttr = S.mergeUuidAttr(D, UA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex, 2439 UA->getGuid()); 2440 else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 2441 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); 2442 2443 if (NewAttr) { 2444 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2445 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 2446 if (isa<MSInheritanceAttr>(NewAttr)) 2447 S.Consumer.AssignInheritanceModel(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)); 2448 return true; 2449 } 2450 2451 return false; 2452 } 2453 2454 static const NamedDecl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 2455 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2456 return TD->getDefinition(); 2457 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 2458 const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition(); 2459 if (Def) 2460 return Def; 2461 return VD->getActingDefinition(); 2462 } 2463 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) 2464 return FD->getDefinition(); 2465 return nullptr; 2466 } 2467 2468 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 2469 for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs()) 2470 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 2471 return true; 2472 return false; 2473 } 2474 2475 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 2476 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 2477 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 2478 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 2479 return; 2480 2481 const NamedDecl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 2482 if (!Def || Def == New) 2483 return; 2484 2485 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 2486 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 2487 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 2488 2489 if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute) || isa<IFuncAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2490 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) { 2491 Sema::SkipBodyInfo SkipBody; 2492 S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def), &SkipBody); 2493 2494 // If we're skipping this definition, drop the "alias" attribute. 2495 if (SkipBody.ShouldSkip) { 2496 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2497 --E; 2498 continue; 2499 } 2500 } else { 2501 VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New); 2502 unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == 2503 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition 2504 ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative 2505 : diag::err_redefinition; 2506 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName(); 2507 if (Diag == diag::err_redefinition) 2508 S.notePreviousDefinition(Def, VD->getLocation()); 2509 else 2510 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2511 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 2512 } 2513 ++I; 2514 continue; 2515 } 2516 2517 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) { 2518 // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above. 2519 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) { 2520 ++I; 2521 continue; 2522 } 2523 } 2524 2525 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 2526 ++I; 2527 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 2528 } 2529 2530 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2531 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 2532 ++I; 2533 continue; 2534 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2535 if (AA->isAlignas()) { 2536 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2537 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2538 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2539 // equivalent alignment. 2540 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2541 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2542 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2543 // have no alignment specifier. 2544 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2545 << AA; 2546 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2547 << AA; 2548 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2549 --E; 2550 continue; 2551 } 2552 } 2553 2554 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2555 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2556 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2557 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2558 --E; 2559 } 2560 } 2561 2562 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 2563 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 2564 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2565 if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 2566 UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context); 2567 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2568 New->addAttr(NewAttr); 2569 } 2570 2571 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 2572 return; 2573 2574 // Attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored. 2575 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 2576 2577 if (AsmLabelAttr *NewA = New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) { 2578 if (AsmLabelAttr *OldA = Old->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) { 2579 if (OldA->getLabel() != NewA->getLabel()) { 2580 // This redeclaration changes __asm__ label. 2581 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_asm_label); 2582 Diag(OldA->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2583 } 2584 } else if (Old->isUsed()) { 2585 // This redeclaration adds an __asm__ label to a declaration that has 2586 // already been ODR-used. 2587 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_late_asm_label_name) 2588 << isa<FunctionDecl>(Old) << New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()->getRange(); 2589 } 2590 } 2591 2592 // Re-declaration cannot add abi_tag's. 2593 if (const auto *NewAbiTagAttr = New->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) { 2594 if (const auto *OldAbiTagAttr = Old->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) { 2595 for (const auto &NewTag : NewAbiTagAttr->tags()) { 2596 if (std::find(OldAbiTagAttr->tags_begin(), OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end(), 2597 NewTag) == OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end()) { 2598 Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), 2599 diag::err_new_abi_tag_on_redeclaration) 2600 << NewTag; 2601 Diag(OldAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2602 } 2603 } 2604 } else { 2605 Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_abi_tag_on_redeclaration); 2606 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2607 } 2608 } 2609 2610 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 2611 return; 2612 2613 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 2614 2615 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 2616 // we process them. 2617 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2618 2619 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) { 2620 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 2621 AvailabilityMergeKind LocalAMK = AMK_None; 2622 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) || 2623 isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) || 2624 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) { 2625 switch (AMK) { 2626 case AMK_None: 2627 continue; 2628 2629 case AMK_Redeclaration: 2630 case AMK_Override: 2631 case AMK_ProtocolImplementation: 2632 LocalAMK = AMK; 2633 break; 2634 } 2635 } 2636 2637 // Already handled. 2638 if (isa<UsedAttr>(I)) 2639 continue; 2640 2641 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, LocalAMK)) 2642 foundAny = true; 2643 } 2644 2645 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) 2646 foundAny = true; 2647 2648 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 2649 } 2650 2651 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 2652 /// to the new one. 2653 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 2654 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 2655 Sema &S) { 2656 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2657 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2658 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2659 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2660 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2661 if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2662 S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2663 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2664 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 2665 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 2666 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 2667 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl(); 2668 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 2669 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 2670 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 2671 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2672 } 2673 2674 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 2675 return; 2676 2677 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 2678 2679 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 2680 // done before we process them. 2681 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2682 2683 for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) { 2684 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) { 2685 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 2686 cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context)); 2687 newAttr->setInherited(true); 2688 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 2689 foundAny = true; 2690 } 2691 } 2692 2693 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 2694 } 2695 2696 static void mergeParamDeclTypes(ParmVarDecl *NewParam, 2697 const ParmVarDecl *OldParam, 2698 Sema &S) { 2699 if (auto Oldnullability = OldParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2700 if (auto Newnullability = NewParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2701 if (*Oldnullability != *Newnullability) { 2702 S.Diag(NewParam->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_nullability_attr) 2703 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2704 *Newnullability, 2705 ((NewParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2706 != 0)) 2707 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2708 *Oldnullability, 2709 ((OldParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2710 != 0)); 2711 S.Diag(OldParam->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2712 } 2713 } else { 2714 QualType NewT = NewParam->getType(); 2715 NewT = S.Context.getAttributedType( 2716 AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Oldnullability), 2717 NewT, NewT); 2718 NewParam->setType(NewT); 2719 } 2720 } 2721 } 2722 2723 namespace { 2724 2725 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 2726 /// C. 2727 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 2728 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 2729 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 2730 QualType PromotedType; 2731 }; 2732 2733 } // end anonymous namespace 2734 2735 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 2736 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 2737 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 2738 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 2739 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 2740 2741 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 2742 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 2743 2744 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 2745 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 2746 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 2747 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 2748 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 2749 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 2750 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 2751 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 2752 } 2753 2754 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 2755 } 2756 2757 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit 2758 // declaration, or a declaration. 2759 template <typename T> 2760 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation> 2761 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2762 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2763 SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation(); 2764 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2765 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2766 else if (Old->isImplicit()) { 2767 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2768 if (OldLocation.isInvalid()) 2769 OldLocation = New->getLocation(); 2770 } else 2771 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2772 return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation); 2773 } 2774 2775 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 2776 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 2777 /// GNU89 mode. 2778 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 2779 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 2780 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 2781 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 2782 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 2783 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 2784 } 2785 2786 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const { 2787 const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2788 while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv()) 2789 AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2790 return AT; 2791 } 2792 2793 template <typename T> 2794 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2795 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); 2796 if (DC->isRecord()) 2797 return false; 2798 2799 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); 2800 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext()) 2801 return true; 2802 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext()) 2803 return true; 2804 return false; 2805 } 2806 2807 template<typename T> static bool isExternC(T *D) { return D->isExternC(); } 2808 static bool isExternC(VarTemplateDecl *) { return false; } 2809 2810 /// \brief Check whether a redeclaration of an entity introduced by a 2811 /// using-declaration is valid, given that we know it's not an overload 2812 /// (nor a hidden tag declaration). 2813 template<typename ExpectedDecl> 2814 static bool checkUsingShadowRedecl(Sema &S, UsingShadowDecl *OldS, 2815 ExpectedDecl *New) { 2816 // C++11 [basic.scope.declarative]p4: 2817 // Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region, each of 2818 // which specifies the same unqualified name, 2819 // -- they shall all refer to the same entity, or all refer to functions 2820 // and function templates; or 2821 // -- exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration 2822 // name that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all 2823 // refer to the same variable or enumerator, or all refer to functions 2824 // and function templates; in this case the class name or enumeration 2825 // name is hidden (3.3.10). 2826 2827 // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14: 2828 // If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the 2829 // same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced 2830 // by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same 2831 // function, the program is ill-formed. 2832 2833 auto *Old = dyn_cast<ExpectedDecl>(OldS->getTargetDecl()); 2834 if (Old && 2835 !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 2836 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 2837 !(isExternC(Old) && isExternC(New))) 2838 Old = nullptr; 2839 2840 if (!Old) { 2841 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2842 S.Diag(OldS->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_target); 2843 S.Diag(OldS->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2844 return true; 2845 } 2846 return false; 2847 } 2848 2849 static bool hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(const FunctionDecl *A, 2850 const FunctionDecl *B) { 2851 assert(A->getNumParams() == B->getNumParams()); 2852 2853 auto AttrEq = [](const ParmVarDecl *A, const ParmVarDecl *B) { 2854 const auto *AttrA = A->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); 2855 const auto *AttrB = B->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); 2856 if (AttrA == AttrB) 2857 return true; 2858 return AttrA && AttrB && AttrA->getType() == AttrB->getType(); 2859 }; 2860 2861 return std::equal(A->param_begin(), A->param_end(), B->param_begin(), AttrEq); 2862 } 2863 2864 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 2865 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 2866 /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 2867 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2868 /// 2869 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 2870 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 2871 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 2872 /// merged with. 2873 /// 2874 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 2875 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD, 2876 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2877 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 2878 FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction(); 2879 if (!Old) { 2880 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 2881 if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) { 2882 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend); 2883 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2884 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2885 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2886 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2887 return true; 2888 } 2889 2890 // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function. 2891 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<FunctionDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 2892 return true; 2893 OldD = Old = cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl()); 2894 } else { 2895 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2896 << New->getDeclName(); 2897 notePreviousDefinition(OldD, New->getLocation()); 2898 return true; 2899 } 2900 } 2901 2902 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2903 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2904 return true; 2905 2906 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2907 SourceLocation OldLocation; 2908 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 2909 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 2910 2911 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 2912 // is an extern inline function. 2913 // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have 2914 // storage classes. 2915 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 2916 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2917 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() && 2918 !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() && 2919 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 2920 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 2921 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New; 2922 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2923 } else { 2924 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 2925 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2926 return true; 2927 } 2928 } 2929 2930 if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() && 2931 !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { 2932 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration) 2933 << New->getDeclName(); 2934 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 2935 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); 2936 } 2937 2938 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2939 bool OldOvl = Old->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>(); 2940 if (OldOvl != New->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && !Old->isImplicit()) { 2941 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_mismatch) 2942 << New << OldOvl; 2943 2944 // Try our best to find a decl that actually has the overloadable 2945 // attribute for the note. In most cases (e.g. programs with only one 2946 // broken declaration/definition), this won't matter. 2947 // 2948 // FIXME: We could do this if we juggled some extra state in 2949 // OverloadableAttr, rather than just removing it. 2950 const Decl *DiagOld = Old; 2951 if (OldOvl) { 2952 auto OldIter = llvm::find_if(Old->redecls(), [](const Decl *D) { 2953 const auto *A = D->getAttr<OverloadableAttr>(); 2954 return A && !A->isImplicit(); 2955 }); 2956 // If we've implicitly added *all* of the overloadable attrs to this 2957 // chain, emitting a "previous redecl" note is pointless. 2958 DiagOld = OldIter == Old->redecls_end() ? nullptr : *OldIter; 2959 } 2960 2961 if (DiagOld) 2962 Diag(DiagOld->getLocation(), 2963 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload) 2964 << OldOvl; 2965 2966 if (OldOvl) 2967 New->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 2968 else 2969 New->dropAttr<OverloadableAttr>(); 2970 } 2971 } 2972 2973 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later 2974 // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling 2975 // convention of the first. 2976 // 2977 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 2978 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 2979 // 2980 // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for 2981 // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written. If they are missing or 2982 // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit. 2983 // 2984 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 2985 // other tests to run. 2986 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2987 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2988 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 2989 const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2990 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 2991 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 2992 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 2993 2994 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 2995 FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl(); 2996 const FunctionType *FT = 2997 First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 2998 FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo(); 2999 bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType()); 3000 if (!NewCCExplicit) { 3001 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 3002 // there but not here. 3003 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 3004 RequiresAdjustment = true; 3005 } else { 3006 // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain. 3007 bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType()); 3008 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 3009 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 3010 << !FirstCCExplicit 3011 << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" : 3012 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC())); 3013 3014 // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters. 3015 Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3016 return true; 3017 } 3018 } 3019 3020 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 3021 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 3022 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 3023 RequiresAdjustment = true; 3024 } 3025 3026 // Merge regparm attribute. 3027 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 3028 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 3029 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 3030 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 3031 << NewType->getRegParmType() 3032 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 3033 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 3034 return true; 3035 } 3036 3037 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 3038 RequiresAdjustment = true; 3039 } 3040 3041 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 3042 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 3043 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 3044 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_function_attribute_mismatch) 3045 << "'ns_returns_retained'"; 3046 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 3047 return true; 3048 } 3049 3050 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 3051 RequiresAdjustment = true; 3052 } 3053 3054 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs() != 3055 NewTypeInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs()) { 3056 if (NewTypeInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs()) { 3057 AnyX86NoCallerSavedRegistersAttr *Attr = 3058 New->getAttr<AnyX86NoCallerSavedRegistersAttr>(); 3059 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_function_attribute_mismatch) << Attr; 3060 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 3061 return true; 3062 } 3063 3064 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoCallerSavedRegs(true); 3065 RequiresAdjustment = true; 3066 } 3067 3068 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 3069 const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3070 AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo); 3071 New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0)); 3072 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 3073 NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 3074 } 3075 3076 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 3077 // UndefinedButUsed. 3078 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && 3079 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 3080 !getLangOpts().GNUInline && 3081 Old->isUsed(false) && 3082 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 3083 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 3084 SourceLocation())); 3085 3086 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn 3087 // about it. 3088 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 3089 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 3090 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); 3091 } 3092 3093 // If pass_object_size params don't match up perfectly, this isn't a valid 3094 // redeclaration. 3095 if (Old->getNumParams() > 0 && Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams() && 3096 !hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(Old, New)) { 3097 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_pass_object_size_params) 3098 << New->getDeclName(); 3099 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3100 return true; 3101 } 3102 3103 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3104 // C++1z [over.load]p2 3105 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 3106 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type, 3107 // the exception specification, or both cannot be overloaded. 3108 3109 // Check the exception specifications match. This may recompute the type of 3110 // both Old and New if it resolved exception specifications, so grab the 3111 // types again after this. Because this updates the type, we do this before 3112 // any of the other checks below, which may update the "de facto" NewQType 3113 // but do not necessarily update the type of New. 3114 if (CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(Old, New)) 3115 return true; 3116 OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 3117 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 3118 3119 // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types, 3120 // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13: 3121 // Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template 3122 // with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also 3123 // use that placeholder, not a deduced type. 3124 QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = 3125 (Old->getTypeSourceInfo() 3126 ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 3127 : OldType)->getReturnType(); 3128 QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = 3129 (New->getTypeSourceInfo() 3130 ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 3131 : NewType)->getReturnType(); 3132 if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) && 3133 !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 3134 New->isLocalExternDecl())) { 3135 QualType ResQT; 3136 if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3137 OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 3138 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 3139 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 3140 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 3141 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) 3142 << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 3143 else 3144 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type) 3145 << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 3146 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType() 3147 << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 3148 return true; 3149 } 3150 else 3151 NewQType = ResQT; 3152 } 3153 3154 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType(); 3155 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType(); 3156 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 3157 // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been 3158 // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration. 3159 AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType(); 3160 if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) { 3161 New->setType( 3162 SubstAutoType(New->getType(), 3163 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 3164 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 3165 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType( 3166 SubstAutoType(NewQType, 3167 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 3168 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 3169 } 3170 } 3171 3172 const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 3173 CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 3174 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 3175 // Preserve triviality. 3176 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 3177 3178 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 3179 // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 3180 // We don't want a redeclaration error. 3181 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 3182 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 3183 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 3184 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 3185 3186 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3187 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 3188 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 3189 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 3190 // is a static member function declaration. 3191 if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) { 3192 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 3193 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3194 return true; 3195 } 3196 3197 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3198 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 3199 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 3200 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 3201 if (!inTemplateInstantiation()) { 3202 unsigned NewDiag; 3203 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 3204 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 3205 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 3206 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 3207 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 3208 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 3209 else 3210 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 3211 3212 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 3213 } else { 3214 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 3215 << New << New->getType(); 3216 } 3217 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3218 return true; 3219 3220 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 3221 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 3222 // 3223 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 3224 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 3225 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 3226 if (isFriend) { 3227 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 3228 } else { 3229 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 3230 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 3231 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 3232 return true; 3233 } 3234 } else if (OldMethod->getFirstDecl()->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 3235 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 3236 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 3237 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 3238 return true; 3239 } 3240 } 3241 3242 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 3243 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 3244 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 3245 // attribute. 3246 const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>(); 3247 if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 3248 Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); 3249 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 3250 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); 3251 } 3252 3253 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 3254 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 3255 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 3256 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 3257 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 3258 if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 3259 Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 3260 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 3261 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 3262 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 3263 } 3264 3265 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 3266 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 3267 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 3268 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 3269 3270 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 3271 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 3272 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 3273 auto *OldType = OldQType->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3274 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 3275 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 3276 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 3277 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 3278 } 3279 3280 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3281 // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous 3282 // declarations of a friend function as an extension. 3283 // 3284 // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC 3285 // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language 3286 // linkage within class scope. 3287 // 3288 // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete. 3289 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { 3290 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New; 3291 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3292 } else { 3293 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3294 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3295 return true; 3296 } 3297 } 3298 3299 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 3300 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3301 3302 if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 3303 New->isLocalExternDecl()) { 3304 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton 3305 // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types 3306 // when we instantiate the function. 3307 return false; 3308 } 3309 3310 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 3311 } 3312 3313 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 3314 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 3315 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3316 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 3317 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3318 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3319 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr; 3320 if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 3321 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 3322 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 3323 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 3324 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 3325 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types()); 3326 NewQType = 3327 Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes, 3328 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 3329 New->setType(NewQType); 3330 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 3331 3332 // Synthesize parameters with the same types. 3333 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 3334 for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) { 3335 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 3336 SourceLocation(), nullptr, 3337 ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 3338 SC_None, nullptr); 3339 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 3340 Param->setImplicit(); 3341 Params.push_back(Param); 3342 } 3343 3344 New->setParams(Params); 3345 } 3346 3347 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3348 } 3349 3350 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 3351 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 3352 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 3353 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 3354 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 3355 // the prototype. 3356 // 3357 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 3358 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 3359 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 3360 // C99 6.9.1p8. 3361 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3362 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 3363 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 3364 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 3365 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 3366 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 3367 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 3368 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3369 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 3370 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3371 3372 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 3373 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(), 3374 NewProto->getReturnType()); 3375 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 3376 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 3377 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 3378 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 3379 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 3380 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3381 NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) { 3382 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3383 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3384 NewParm->getType(), 3385 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 3386 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm, 3387 NewProto->getParamType(Idx) }; 3388 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 3389 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3390 } else 3391 LooseCompatible = false; 3392 } 3393 3394 if (LooseCompatible) { 3395 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 3396 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 3397 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 3398 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 3399 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 3400 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 3401 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 3402 diag::note_previous_declaration); 3403 } 3404 3405 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3406 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, 3407 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 3408 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3409 } 3410 3411 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 3412 } 3413 3414 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or 3415 // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic. 3416 3417 // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin 3418 // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note. 3419 unsigned BuiltinID; 3420 if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) { 3421 // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc' 3422 // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration. 3423 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 3424 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 3425 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 3426 << Old << Old->getType(); 3427 3428 // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter 3429 // about the "builtin-ness" of the function. 3430 // 3431 // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic. If 3432 // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid 3433 // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't 3434 // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is 3435 // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code. 3436 if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3437 New->getIdentifier()->revertBuiltin(); 3438 3439 return false; 3440 } 3441 3442 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 3443 } 3444 3445 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 3446 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3447 return true; 3448 } 3449 3450 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 3451 /// known to be compatible. 3452 /// 3453 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 3454 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to 3455 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 3456 /// redeclaration of Old. 3457 /// 3458 /// \returns false 3459 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 3460 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3461 // Merge the attributes 3462 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3463 3464 // Merge "pure" flag. 3465 if (Old->isPure()) 3466 New->setPure(); 3467 3468 // Merge "used" flag. 3469 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3470 New->setIsUsed(); 3471 3472 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 3473 // declarations. 3474 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 3475 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 3476 ParmVarDecl *NewParam = New->getParamDecl(i); 3477 ParmVarDecl *OldParam = Old->getParamDecl(i); 3478 mergeParamDeclAttributes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3479 mergeParamDeclTypes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3480 } 3481 3482 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3483 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 3484 3485 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 3486 // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl 3487 // was visible. 3488 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 3489 if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3490 New->setType(Merged); 3491 3492 return false; 3493 } 3494 3495 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 3496 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 3497 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 3498 AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind = 3499 isa<ObjCProtocolDecl>(oldMethod->getDeclContext()) 3500 ? AMK_ProtocolImplementation 3501 : isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration 3502 : AMK_Override; 3503 3504 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind); 3505 3506 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 3507 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 3508 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 3509 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 3510 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 3511 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 3512 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 3513 3514 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); 3515 } 3516 3517 static void diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(Sema &S, VarDecl *New, VarDecl* Old) { 3518 assert(!S.Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())); 3519 3520 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() 3521 ? diag::err_redefinition_different_type 3522 : diag::err_redeclaration_different_type) 3523 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 3524 3525 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3526 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3527 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) 3528 = getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3529 S.Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3530 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3531 } 3532 3533 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 3534 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 3535 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3536 /// 3537 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 3538 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 3539 /// is attached. 3540 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, 3541 bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3542 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 3543 return; 3544 3545 QualType MergedT; 3546 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3547 if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 3548 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 3549 return; 3550 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 3551 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 3552 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 3553 } 3554 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 3555 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 3556 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 3557 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 3558 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 3559 else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 3560 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3561 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3562 3563 // We are merging a variable declaration New into Old. If it has an array 3564 // bound, and that bound differs from Old's bound, we should diagnose the 3565 // mismatch. 3566 if (!NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && !NewArray->isDependentType()) { 3567 for (VarDecl *PrevVD = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); PrevVD; 3568 PrevVD = PrevVD->getPreviousDecl()) { 3569 const ArrayType *PrevVDTy = Context.getAsArrayType(PrevVD->getType()); 3570 if (PrevVDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() || PrevVDTy->isDependentType()) 3571 continue; 3572 3573 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewArray, PrevVDTy)) 3574 return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, PrevVD); 3575 } 3576 } 3577 3578 if (OldArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && NewArray->isArrayType()) { 3579 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3580 NewArray->getElementType())) 3581 MergedT = New->getType(); 3582 } 3583 // FIXME: Check visibility. New is hidden but has a complete type. If New 3584 // has no array bound, it should not inherit one from Old, if Old is not 3585 // visible. 3586 else if (OldArray->isArrayType() && NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 3587 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3588 NewArray->getElementType())) 3589 MergedT = Old->getType(); 3590 } 3591 } 3592 else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3593 Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 3594 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 3595 Old->getType()); 3596 } 3597 } else { 3598 // C 6.2.7p2: 3599 // All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have 3600 // compatible type. 3601 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 3602 } 3603 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 3604 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a 3605 // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class 3606 // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be 3607 // equivalent. 3608 // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this. 3609 if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() || 3610 Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 3611 // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type 3612 // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we 3613 // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable. 3614 if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3615 New->setType(Context.DependentTy); 3616 return; 3617 } 3618 return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, Old); 3619 } 3620 3621 // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old 3622 // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope. 3623 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3624 New->setType(MergedT); 3625 } 3626 3627 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD, 3628 LookupResult &Previous) { 3629 // C11 6.2.7p4: 3630 // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared 3631 // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is 3632 // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or 3633 // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later 3634 // declaration becomes the composite type. 3635 // 3636 // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type. 3637 if (Previous.isShadowed()) 3638 return false; 3639 3640 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3641 // C++11 [dcl.array]p3: 3642 // If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same 3643 // scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound 3644 // is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration. 3645 return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() || 3646 (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3647 !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()); 3648 } else { 3649 // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its 3650 // type unless we're in the same function. 3651 return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3652 OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 3653 } 3654 } 3655 3656 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 3657 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 3658 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3659 /// 3660 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 3661 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 3662 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 3663 /// 3664 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 3665 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 3666 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3667 return; 3668 3669 if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Previous, New)) 3670 return; 3671 3672 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate(); 3673 3674 // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template. 3675 VarDecl *Old = nullptr; 3676 VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr; 3677 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3678 if (NewTemplate) { 3679 OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3680 Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr; 3681 3682 if (auto *Shadow = 3683 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3684 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarTemplateDecl>(*this, Shadow, NewTemplate)) 3685 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3686 } else { 3687 Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3688 3689 if (auto *Shadow = 3690 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3691 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 3692 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3693 } 3694 } 3695 if (!Old) { 3696 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 3697 << New->getDeclName(); 3698 notePreviousDefinition(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(), 3699 New->getLocation()); 3700 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3701 } 3702 3703 // Ensure the template parameters are compatible. 3704 if (NewTemplate && 3705 !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3706 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3707 /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch)) 3708 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3709 3710 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3711 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 3712 // 3713 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 3714 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 3715 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 3716 << New->getIdentifier(); 3717 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3718 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3719 } 3720 3721 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3722 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 3723 // declaration 3724 if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 3725 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 3726 !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 3727 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 3728 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 3729 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 3730 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 3731 } 3732 3733 if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() && 3734 !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { 3735 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration) 3736 << New->getDeclName(); 3737 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 3738 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); 3739 } 3740 3741 // Merge the types. 3742 VarDecl *MostRecent = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); 3743 if (MostRecent != Old) { 3744 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, MostRecent, 3745 mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, MostRecent, Previous)); 3746 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3747 return; 3748 } 3749 3750 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous)); 3751 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3752 return; 3753 3754 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3755 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3756 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3757 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3758 3759 // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static. 3760 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 3761 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3762 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) { 3763 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3764 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) 3765 << New->getDeclName(); 3766 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3767 } else { 3768 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) 3769 << New->getDeclName(); 3770 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3771 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3772 } 3773 } 3774 // C99 6.2.2p4: 3775 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 3776 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 3777 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 3778 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 3779 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 3780 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 3781 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 3782 // identifier has external linkage. 3783 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 3784 /* Okay */; 3785 else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 3786 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3787 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 3788 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 3789 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3790 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3791 } 3792 3793 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 3794 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 3795 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) { 3796 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3797 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3798 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3799 } 3800 if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() && 3801 !New->hasExternalStorage()) { 3802 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3803 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3804 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3805 } 3806 3807 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 3808 3809 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 3810 // need to check for mismatches. 3811 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 3812 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 3813 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3814 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 3815 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 3816 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3817 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3818 } 3819 3820 if (New->isInline() && !Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isInline()) { 3821 if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) { 3822 // C++1z [dcl.fcn.spec]p4: 3823 // If the definition of a variable appears in a translation unit before 3824 // its first declaration as inline, the program is ill-formed. 3825 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_inline_decl_follows_def) << New; 3826 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3827 } 3828 } 3829 3830 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 3831 // UndefinedButUsed. 3832 if (!Old->isInline() && New->isInline() && Old->isUsed(false) && 3833 !Old->getDefinition() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 3834 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 3835 SourceLocation())); 3836 3837 if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) { 3838 if (!Old->getTLSKind()) { 3839 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3840 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3841 } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) { 3842 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3843 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3844 } else { 3845 // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring 3846 // static and dynamic initialization. 3847 // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first 3848 // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here? 3849 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind) 3850 << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic); 3851 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3852 } 3853 } 3854 3855 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 3856 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3857 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition) { 3858 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isInline() && 3859 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isConstexpr()) { 3860 // This definition won't be a definition any more once it's been merged. 3861 Diag(New->getLocation(), 3862 diag::warn_deprecated_redundant_constexpr_static_def); 3863 } else if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) { 3864 if (checkVarDeclRedefinition(Def, New)) 3865 return; 3866 } 3867 } 3868 3869 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3870 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3871 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3872 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3873 return; 3874 } 3875 3876 // Merge "used" flag. 3877 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3878 New->setIsUsed(); 3879 3880 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 3881 New->setPreviousDecl(Old); 3882 if (NewTemplate) 3883 NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate); 3884 3885 // Inherit access appropriately. 3886 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 3887 if (NewTemplate) 3888 NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess()); 3889 3890 if (Old->isInline()) 3891 New->setImplicitlyInline(); 3892 } 3893 3894 void Sema::notePreviousDefinition(const NamedDecl *Old, SourceLocation New) { 3895 SourceManager &SrcMgr = getSourceManager(); 3896 auto FNewDecLoc = SrcMgr.getDecomposedLoc(New); 3897 auto FOldDecLoc = SrcMgr.getDecomposedLoc(Old->getLocation()); 3898 auto *FNew = SrcMgr.getFileEntryForID(FNewDecLoc.first); 3899 auto *FOld = SrcMgr.getFileEntryForID(FOldDecLoc.first); 3900 auto &HSI = PP.getHeaderSearchInfo(); 3901 StringRef HdrFilename = 3902 SrcMgr.getFilename(SrcMgr.getSpellingLoc(Old->getLocation())); 3903 3904 auto noteFromModuleOrInclude = [&](Module *Mod, 3905 SourceLocation IncLoc) -> bool { 3906 // Redefinition errors with modules are common with non modular mapped 3907 // headers, example: a non-modular header H in module A that also gets 3908 // included directly in a TU. Pointing twice to the same header/definition 3909 // is confusing, try to get better diagnostics when modules is on. 3910 if (IncLoc.isValid()) { 3911 if (Mod) { 3912 Diag(IncLoc, diag::note_redefinition_modules_same_file) 3913 << HdrFilename.str() << Mod->getFullModuleName(); 3914 if (!Mod->DefinitionLoc.isInvalid()) 3915 Diag(Mod->DefinitionLoc, diag::note_defined_here) 3916 << Mod->getFullModuleName(); 3917 } else { 3918 Diag(IncLoc, diag::note_redefinition_include_same_file) 3919 << HdrFilename.str(); 3920 } 3921 return true; 3922 } 3923 3924 return false; 3925 }; 3926 3927 // Is it the same file and same offset? Provide more information on why 3928 // this leads to a redefinition error. 3929 bool EmittedDiag = false; 3930 if (FNew == FOld && FNewDecLoc.second == FOldDecLoc.second) { 3931 SourceLocation OldIncLoc = SrcMgr.getIncludeLoc(FOldDecLoc.first); 3932 SourceLocation NewIncLoc = SrcMgr.getIncludeLoc(FNewDecLoc.first); 3933 EmittedDiag = noteFromModuleOrInclude(Old->getOwningModule(), OldIncLoc); 3934 EmittedDiag |= noteFromModuleOrInclude(getCurrentModule(), NewIncLoc); 3935 3936 // If the header has no guards, emit a note suggesting one. 3937 if (FOld && !HSI.isFileMultipleIncludeGuarded(FOld)) 3938 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_use_ifdef_guards); 3939 3940 if (EmittedDiag) 3941 return; 3942 } 3943 3944 // Redefinition coming from different files or couldn't do better above. 3945 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3946 } 3947 3948 /// We've just determined that \p Old and \p New both appear to be definitions 3949 /// of the same variable. Either diagnose or fix the problem. 3950 bool Sema::checkVarDeclRedefinition(VarDecl *Old, VarDecl *New) { 3951 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Old) && 3952 (New->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 3953 New->isInline() || 3954 New->getDescribedVarTemplate() || 3955 New->getNumTemplateParameterLists() || 3956 New->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) { 3957 // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are 3958 // permitted (in separate TUs). Demote this to a declaration. 3959 New->demoteThisDefinitionToDeclaration(); 3960 3961 // Make the canonical definition visible. 3962 if (auto *OldTD = Old->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 3963 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(OldTD); 3964 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Old); 3965 return false; 3966 } else { 3967 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New; 3968 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 3969 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3970 return true; 3971 } 3972 } 3973 3974 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3975 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 3976 Decl * 3977 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, 3978 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) { 3979 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg(), false, 3980 AnonRecord); 3981 } 3982 3983 // The MS ABI changed between VS2013 and VS2015 with regard to numbers used to 3984 // disambiguate entities defined in different scopes. 3985 // While the VS2015 ABI fixes potential miscompiles, it is also breaks 3986 // compatibility. 3987 // We will pick our mangling number depending on which version of MSVC is being 3988 // targeted. 3989 static unsigned getMSManglingNumber(const LangOptions &LO, Scope *S) { 3990 return LO.isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015) 3991 ? S->getMSCurManglingNumber() 3992 : S->getMSLastManglingNumber(); 3993 } 3994 3995 void Sema::handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) { 3996 if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3997 return; 3998 3999 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) { 4000 // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if 4001 // it is anonymous. 4002 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) 4003 return; 4004 MangleNumberingContext &MCtx = 4005 Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent()); 4006 Context.setManglingNumber( 4007 Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber( 4008 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 4009 return; 4010 } 4011 4012 // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local. 4013 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 4014 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 4015 Tag->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 4016 Context.setManglingNumber( 4017 Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 4018 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 4019 } 4020 } 4021 4022 void Sema::setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec, 4023 TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 4024 if (TagFromDeclSpec->isInvalidDecl()) 4025 return; 4026 4027 // Do nothing if the tag already has a name for linkage purposes. 4028 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasNameForLinkage()) 4029 return; 4030 4031 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 4032 assert(TagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 4033 4034 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 4035 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewTD->getUnderlyingType(), 4036 Context.getTagDeclType(TagFromDeclSpec))) { 4037 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4038 Context.addTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(TagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 4039 return; 4040 } 4041 4042 // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then 4043 // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that 4044 // linkage, which might be a serious problem. Diagnose this as 4045 // unsupported and ignore the typedef name. TODO: we should 4046 // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule 4047 // for how to handle it. 4048 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) { 4049 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage); 4050 4051 SourceLocation tagLoc = TagFromDeclSpec->getInnerLocStart(); 4052 tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc); 4053 4054 llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert; 4055 textToInsert += ' '; 4056 textToInsert += NewTD->getIdentifier()->getName(); 4057 Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage) 4058 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert); 4059 return; 4060 } 4061 4062 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 4063 TagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 4064 } 4065 4066 static unsigned GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DeclSpec::TST T) { 4067 switch (T) { 4068 case DeclSpec::TST_class: 4069 return 0; 4070 case DeclSpec::TST_struct: 4071 return 1; 4072 case DeclSpec::TST_interface: 4073 return 2; 4074 case DeclSpec::TST_union: 4075 return 3; 4076 case DeclSpec::TST_enum: 4077 return 4; 4078 default: 4079 llvm_unreachable("unexpected type specifier"); 4080 } 4081 } 4082 4083 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 4084 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template 4085 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 4086 Decl * 4087 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, 4088 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 4089 bool IsExplicitInstantiation, 4090 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) { 4091 Decl *TagD = nullptr; 4092 TagDecl *Tag = nullptr; 4093 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 4094 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 4095 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 4096 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 4097 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 4098 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 4099 4100 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 4101 return nullptr; 4102 4103 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 4104 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 4105 // it's a Type. 4106 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 4107 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 4108 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 4109 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 4110 } 4111 4112 if (Tag) { 4113 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 4114 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 4115 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 4116 return Tag; 4117 } 4118 4119 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4120 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 4121 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 4122 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 4123 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 4124 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 4125 << DS.getSourceRange(); 4126 } 4127 4128 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 4129 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 4130 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z; 4131 4132 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 4133 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 4134 // and definitions of functions and variables. 4135 if (Tag) 4136 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 4137 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()); 4138 else 4139 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 4140 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 4141 return TagD; 4142 } 4143 4144 if (DS.isConceptSpecified()) { 4145 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: A concept definition refers to 4146 // either a function concept and its definition or a variable concept and 4147 // its initializer. 4148 Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 4149 return TagD; 4150 } 4151 4152 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 4153 4154 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 4155 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 4156 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 4157 if (TagD && !Tag) 4158 return nullptr; 4159 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 4160 } 4161 4162 const CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope(); 4163 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = 4164 !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0; 4165 if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() && 4166 !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization && 4167 !isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Tag)) { 4168 // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a 4169 // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation 4170 // or an explicit specialization. 4171 // 4172 // FIXME: We allow class template partial specializations here too, per the 4173 // obvious intent of DR1819. 4174 // 4175 // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either. 4176 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier) 4177 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()) << SS.getRange(); 4178 return nullptr; 4179 } 4180 4181 // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything. 4182 bool DeclaresAnything = true; 4183 4184 // Handle anonymous struct definitions. 4185 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 4186 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 4187 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 4188 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 4189 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 4190 // If CurContext is a DeclContext that can contain statements, 4191 // RecursiveASTVisitor won't visit the decls that 4192 // BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion() will put into CurContext. 4193 // Also store them here so that they can be part of the 4194 // DeclStmt that gets created in this case. 4195 // FIXME: Also return the IndirectFieldDecls created by 4196 // BuildAnonymousStructOr union, for the same reason? 4197 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4198 AnonRecord = Record; 4199 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, 4200 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 4201 } 4202 4203 DeclaresAnything = false; 4204 } 4205 } 4206 4207 // C11 6.7.2.1p2: 4208 // A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or 4209 // anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list. 4210 // 4211 // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration 4212 // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list. 4213 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() && 4214 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 4215 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member. 4216 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union: 4217 // struct STRUCT; 4218 // union UNION; 4219 // and 4220 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 4221 // UNION_TYPE; <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union. 4222 if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) || 4223 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) { 4224 RecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 4225 if (Tag) 4226 Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag); 4227 else if (const RecordType *RT = 4228 DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()) 4229 Record = RT->getDecl(); 4230 else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType()) 4231 Record = UT->getDecl(); 4232 4233 if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 4234 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record) 4235 << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange(); 4236 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 4237 } 4238 4239 DeclaresAnything = false; 4240 } 4241 } 4242 4243 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 4244 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || 4245 (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 4246 return TagD; 4247 4248 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 4249 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4250 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 4251 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 4252 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 4253 DeclaresAnything = false; 4254 4255 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 4256 // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name. 4257 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4258 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 4259 << DS.getSourceRange(); 4260 else 4261 DeclaresAnything = false; 4262 } 4263 4264 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 4265 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4266 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 4267 << Tag->getTagKind() 4268 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 4269 4270 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 4271 4272 // C 6.7/2: 4273 // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag, 4274 // or the members of an enumeration. 4275 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 4276 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 4277 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 4278 // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a 4279 // previous declaration. 4280 if (!DeclaresAnything) { 4281 // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother 4282 // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this. 4283 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 4284 return TagD; 4285 } 4286 4287 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 4288 // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the 4289 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 4290 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1: 4291 // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the 4292 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 4293 // 4294 // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C. 4295 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier; 4296 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4297 DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier; 4298 4299 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 4300 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 4301 // useless. 4302 if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) { 4303 if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) 4304 // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is 4305 // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error. 4306 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4307 else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4308 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 4309 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS); 4310 } 4311 4312 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 4313 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 4314 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 4315 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4316 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 4317 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const"; 4318 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 4319 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile"; 4320 // Restrict is covered above. 4321 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 4322 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic"; 4323 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned) 4324 Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "__unaligned"; 4325 } 4326 4327 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 4328 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 4329 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 4330 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 4331 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 4332 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 4333 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 4334 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 4335 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 4336 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 4337 for (AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); attrs; 4338 attrs = attrs->getNext()) 4339 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 4340 << attrs->getName() << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(TypeSpecType); 4341 } 4342 } 4343 4344 return TagD; 4345 } 4346 4347 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 4348 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 4349 /// 4350 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 4351 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 4352 Scope *S, 4353 DeclContext *Owner, 4354 DeclarationName Name, 4355 SourceLocation NameLoc, 4356 bool IsUnion) { 4357 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 4358 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 4359 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 4360 4361 // Pick a representative declaration. 4362 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 4363 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 4364 4365 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 4366 return false; 4367 4368 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_anonymous_record_member_redecl) 4369 << IsUnion << Name; 4370 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 4371 4372 return true; 4373 } 4374 4375 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 4376 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 4377 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 4378 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 4379 /// struct, e.g., 4380 /// 4381 /// @code 4382 /// union { 4383 /// int i; 4384 /// float f; 4385 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 4386 /// // f into the surrounding scope.x 4387 /// @endcode 4388 /// 4389 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 4390 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 4391 static bool 4392 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, DeclContext *Owner, 4393 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, AccessSpecifier AS, 4394 SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining) { 4395 bool Invalid = false; 4396 4397 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 4398 for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) { 4399 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) && 4400 cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) { 4401 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D); 4402 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 4403 VD->getLocation(), 4404 AnonRecord->isUnion())) { 4405 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4406 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 4407 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 4408 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 4409 Invalid = true; 4410 } else { 4411 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4412 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 4413 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 4414 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 4415 // anonymous union is declared. 4416 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 4417 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 4418 Chaining.append(IF->chain_begin(), IF->chain_end()); 4419 else 4420 Chaining.push_back(VD); 4421 4422 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 4423 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 4424 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 4425 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 4426 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 4427 4428 IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create( 4429 SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(), 4430 VD->getType(), {NamedChain, Chaining.size()}); 4431 4432 for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs()) 4433 IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context)); 4434 4435 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 4436 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 4437 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 4438 4439 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 4440 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 4441 4442 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 4443 } 4444 } 4445 } 4446 4447 return Invalid; 4448 } 4449 4450 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 4451 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 4452 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 4453 static StorageClass 4454 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) { 4455 DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4456 assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 4457 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 4458 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 4459 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 4460 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 4461 if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 4462 return SC_None; 4463 return SC_Extern; 4464 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 4465 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 4466 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 4467 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 4468 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 4469 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 4470 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 4471 } 4472 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 4473 } 4474 4475 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) { 4476 assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer()); 4477 4478 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 4479 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I); 4480 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 4481 FD = IFD->getAnonField(); 4482 if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer()) 4483 return FD->getLocation(); 4484 } 4485 4486 llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer"); 4487 } 4488 4489 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4490 SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) { 4491 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4492 return; 4493 4494 S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization); 4495 S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 4496 } 4497 4498 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4499 CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) { 4500 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4501 return; 4502 4503 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion)); 4504 } 4505 4506 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 4507 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 4508 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 4509 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 4510 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4511 AccessSpecifier AS, 4512 RecordDecl *Record, 4513 const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { 4514 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 4515 4516 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 4517 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 4518 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 4519 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4520 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 4521 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 4522 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 4523 4524 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 4525 // structs/unions. 4526 bool Invalid = false; 4527 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4528 const char *PrevSpec = nullptr; 4529 unsigned DiagID; 4530 if (Record->isUnion()) { 4531 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4532 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 4533 // global namespace shall be declared static. 4534 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 4535 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 4536 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 4537 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 4538 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 4539 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 4540 4541 // Recover by adding 'static'. 4542 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 4543 PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy); 4544 } 4545 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4546 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 4547 // anonymous union in a class scope. 4548 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 4549 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4550 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4551 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 4552 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4553 4554 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 4555 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 4556 SourceLocation(), 4557 PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 4558 } 4559 } 4560 4561 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 4562 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4563 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 4564 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4565 << Record->isUnion() << "const" 4566 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 4567 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 4568 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 4569 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4570 << Record->isUnion() << "volatile" 4571 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 4572 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 4573 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 4574 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4575 << Record->isUnion() << "restrict" 4576 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 4577 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 4578 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), 4579 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4580 << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic" 4581 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc()); 4582 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned) 4583 Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(), 4584 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4585 << Record->isUnion() << "__unaligned" 4586 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc()); 4587 4588 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 4589 } 4590 4591 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4592 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 4593 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 4594 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 4595 for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) { 4596 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) { 4597 // C++ [class.union]p3: 4598 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 4599 // members (clause 11). 4600 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 4601 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 4602 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 4603 << Record->isUnion() << (FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 4604 Invalid = true; 4605 } 4606 4607 // C++ [class.union]p1 4608 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 4609 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 4610 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 4611 // array of such objects. 4612 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 4613 Invalid = true; 4614 } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) { 4615 // Any implicit members are fine. 4616 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) { 4617 // This is a type that showed up in an 4618 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 4619 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 4620 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 4621 } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) { 4622 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 4623 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 4624 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4625 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 4626 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4627 << Record->isUnion(); 4628 else { 4629 // This is a nested type declaration. 4630 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4631 << Record->isUnion(); 4632 Invalid = true; 4633 } 4634 } else { 4635 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 4636 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 4637 // not part of standard C++. 4638 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 4639 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) 4640 << Record->isUnion(); 4641 } 4642 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) { 4643 // Any access specifier is fine. 4644 } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) { 4645 // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine. 4646 } else { 4647 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 4648 // member. Complain about it. 4649 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 4650 if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem)) 4651 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 4652 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem)) 4653 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 4654 else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem)) 4655 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 4656 4657 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4658 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 4659 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4660 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4661 << Record->isUnion(); 4662 else { 4663 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) << Record->isUnion(); 4664 Invalid = true; 4665 } 4666 } 4667 } 4668 4669 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 4670 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 4671 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 4672 if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() && 4673 Owner->isRecord()) 4674 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner), 4675 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)); 4676 } 4677 4678 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 4679 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 4680 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 4681 Invalid = true; 4682 } 4683 4684 // Mock up a declarator. 4685 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 4686 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4687 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 4688 4689 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 4690 NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr; 4691 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4692 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 4693 DS.getLocStart(), 4694 Record->getLocation(), 4695 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4696 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4697 TInfo, 4698 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4699 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4700 Anon->setAccess(AS); 4701 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4702 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 4703 } else { 4704 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4705 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS); 4706 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 4707 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 4708 // an error here 4709 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4710 Invalid = true; 4711 SC = SC_None; 4712 } 4713 4714 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 4715 DS.getLocStart(), 4716 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4717 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4718 TInfo, SC); 4719 4720 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 4721 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 4722 // initializer: 4723 // union { int n = 0; }; 4724 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon); 4725 } 4726 Anon->setImplicit(); 4727 4728 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. 4729 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 4730 4731 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 4732 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 4733 // its members. 4734 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 4735 4736 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 4737 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4738 // purposes. 4739 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4740 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4741 4742 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, Chain)) 4743 Invalid = true; 4744 4745 if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) { 4746 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 4747 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 4748 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 4749 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 4750 Context.setManglingNumber( 4751 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 4752 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 4753 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 4754 } 4755 } 4756 } 4757 4758 if (Invalid) 4759 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4760 4761 return Anon; 4762 } 4763 4764 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 4765 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 4766 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 4767 /// Example: 4768 /// 4769 /// struct A { int a; }; 4770 /// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 4771 /// 4772 /// void foo() { 4773 /// B var; 4774 /// var.a = 3; 4775 /// } 4776 /// 4777 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4778 RecordDecl *Record) { 4779 assert(Record && "expected a record!"); 4780 4781 // Mock up a declarator. 4782 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 4783 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4784 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 4785 4786 auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext); 4787 QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 4788 4789 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 4790 NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 4791 ParentDecl, 4792 DS.getLocStart(), 4793 DS.getLocStart(), 4794 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4795 RecTy, 4796 TInfo, 4797 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4798 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4799 Anon->setImplicit(); 4800 4801 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 4802 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 4803 4804 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 4805 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4806 // purposes. 4807 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4808 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4809 4810 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 4811 if (RequireCompleteType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy, 4812 diag::err_field_incomplete) || 4813 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef, 4814 AS_none, Chain)) { 4815 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4816 ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4817 } 4818 4819 return Anon; 4820 } 4821 4822 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 4823 /// given Declarator. 4824 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 4825 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 4826 } 4827 4828 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 4829 DeclarationNameInfo 4830 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 4831 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 4832 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4833 4834 switch (Name.getKind()) { 4835 4836 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 4837 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 4838 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 4839 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4840 return NameInfo; 4841 4842 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DeductionGuideName: { 4843 // C++ [temp.deduct.guide]p3: 4844 // The simple-template-id shall name a class template specialization. 4845 // The template-name shall be the same identifier as the template-name 4846 // of the simple-template-id. 4847 // These together intend to imply that the template-name shall name a 4848 // class template. 4849 // FIXME: template<typename T> struct X {}; 4850 // template<typename T> using Y = X<T>; 4851 // Y(int) -> Y<int>; 4852 // satisfies these rules but does not name a class template. 4853 TemplateName TN = Name.TemplateName.get().get(); 4854 auto *Template = TN.getAsTemplateDecl(); 4855 if (!Template || !isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(Template)) { 4856 Diag(Name.StartLocation, 4857 diag::err_deduction_guide_name_not_class_template) 4858 << (int)getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TN) << TN; 4859 if (Template) 4860 Diag(Template->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here); 4861 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4862 } 4863 4864 NameInfo.setName( 4865 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDeductionGuideName(Template)); 4866 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4867 return NameInfo; 4868 } 4869 4870 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 4871 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 4872 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 4873 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4874 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 4875 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 4876 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 4877 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 4878 return NameInfo; 4879 4880 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 4881 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 4882 Name.Identifier)); 4883 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4884 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 4885 return NameInfo; 4886 4887 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 4888 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4889 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 4890 if (Ty.isNull()) 4891 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4892 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 4893 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4894 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4895 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4896 return NameInfo; 4897 } 4898 4899 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 4900 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4901 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 4902 if (Ty.isNull()) 4903 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4904 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4905 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4906 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4907 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4908 return NameInfo; 4909 } 4910 4911 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 4912 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 4913 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 4914 // to find the actual type being constructed. 4915 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 4916 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 4917 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4918 4919 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 4920 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 4921 4922 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 4923 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 4924 // was qualified. 4925 4926 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4927 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 4928 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4929 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 4930 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr); 4931 return NameInfo; 4932 } 4933 4934 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 4935 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4936 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 4937 if (Ty.isNull()) 4938 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4939 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 4940 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4941 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4942 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4943 return NameInfo; 4944 } 4945 4946 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 4947 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 4948 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 4949 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 4950 } 4951 4952 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 4953 4954 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 4955 } 4956 4957 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 4958 do { 4959 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 4960 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 4961 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 4962 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 4963 else 4964 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 4965 } while (true); 4966 } 4967 4968 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 4969 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 4970 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 4971 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 4972 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 4973 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 4974 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 4975 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 4976 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 4977 FunctionDecl *Definition, 4978 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 4979 Params.clear(); 4980 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 4981 return false; 4982 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 4983 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4984 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4985 4986 // The parameter types are identical 4987 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 4988 continue; 4989 4990 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 4991 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 4992 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4993 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4994 4995 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 4996 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 4997 Params.push_back(Idx); 4998 else // The two parameters aren't even close 4999 return false; 5000 } 5001 5002 return true; 5003 } 5004 5005 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 5006 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 5007 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 5008 /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 5009 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 5010 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 5011 DeclarationName Name) { 5012 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 5013 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 5014 // - types which will become injected class names 5015 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 5016 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 5017 // few cases here. 5018 5019 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 5020 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 5021 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 5022 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 5023 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 5024 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 5025 // Grab the type from the parser. 5026 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr; 5027 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 5028 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 5029 5030 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 5031 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 5032 // attached already. 5033 if (!TSI) 5034 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 5035 5036 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 5037 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 5038 if (!TSI) return true; 5039 5040 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 5041 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 5042 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 5043 break; 5044 } 5045 5046 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 5047 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 5048 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 5049 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 5050 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 5051 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 5052 break; 5053 } 5054 5055 default: 5056 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 5057 break; 5058 } 5059 5060 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 5061 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 5062 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 5063 5064 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 5065 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 5066 // pointer. 5067 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 5068 continue; 5069 5070 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 5071 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 5072 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 5073 return true; 5074 } 5075 5076 return false; 5077 } 5078 5079 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 5080 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 5081 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 5082 5083 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 5084 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 5085 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 5086 5087 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) 5088 setCurrentOpenCLExtensionForDecl(Dcl); 5089 5090 return Dcl; 5091 } 5092 5093 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 5094 /// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 5095 /// name different from T: 5096 /// - every static data member of class T; 5097 /// - every member function of class T 5098 /// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 5099 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 5100 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 5101 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 5102 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 5103 5104 CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 5105 while (Record && Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) 5106 Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getParent()); 5107 if (Record && Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 5108 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 5109 return true; 5110 } 5111 5112 return false; 5113 } 5114 5115 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 5116 /// nested-name-specifier. 5117 /// 5118 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 5119 /// 5120 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 5121 /// resolves. 5122 /// 5123 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 5124 /// 5125 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 5126 /// 5127 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 5128 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 5129 DeclarationName Name, 5130 SourceLocation Loc) { 5131 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 5132 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur)) 5133 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 5134 5135 // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 5136 // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it. 5137 // 5138 // class X { 5139 // void X::f(); 5140 // }; 5141 // 5142 // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all 5143 // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482. 5144 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 5145 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 5146 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 5147 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 5148 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 5149 SS.clear(); 5150 } else { 5151 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name; 5152 } 5153 return false; 5154 } 5155 5156 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 5157 // declaration. 5158 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 5159 if (Cur->isRecord()) 5160 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 5161 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5162 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 5163 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 5164 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5165 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 5166 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 5167 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5168 else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur)) 5169 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block) 5170 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5171 else 5172 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 5173 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 5174 5175 return true; 5176 } 5177 5178 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 5179 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 5180 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 5181 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5182 SS.clear(); 5183 5184 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 5185 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 5186 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 5187 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 5188 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 5189 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 5190 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 5191 return true; 5192 5193 return false; 5194 } 5195 5196 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 5197 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 5198 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 5199 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 5200 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 5201 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 5202 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 5203 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 5204 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 5205 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 5206 5207 return false; 5208 } 5209 5210 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 5211 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 5212 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 5213 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 5214 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 5215 5216 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 5217 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 5218 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 5219 return ActOnDecompositionDeclarator(S, D, TemplateParamLists); 5220 } else if (!Name) { 5221 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 5222 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 5223 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 5224 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 5225 return nullptr; 5226 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 5227 return nullptr; 5228 5229 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 5230 // we find one that is. 5231 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 5232 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 5233 S = S->getParent(); 5234 5235 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 5236 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 5237 D.setInvalidType(); 5238 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5239 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 5240 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 5241 return nullptr; 5242 5243 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 5244 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 5245 if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) { 5246 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 5247 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 5248 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 5249 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 5250 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5251 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 5252 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 5253 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5254 return nullptr; 5255 } 5256 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 5257 5258 if (!IsDependentContext && 5259 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 5260 return nullptr; 5261 5262 // If a class is incomplete, do not parse entities inside it. 5263 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 5264 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5265 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 5266 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5267 return nullptr; 5268 } 5269 if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 5270 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 5271 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 5272 if (DC->isRecord()) 5273 return nullptr; 5274 5275 D.setInvalidType(); 5276 } 5277 } 5278 5279 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 5280 // declaration in the current instantiation. 5281 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 5282 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 5283 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 5284 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 5285 D.setInvalidType(); 5286 } 5287 } 5288 5289 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 5290 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5291 5292 if (!R->isFunctionType() && DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 5293 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 5294 // Just return early; it's safer. If this is a function, let the 5295 // "constructor cannot have a return type" diagnostic handle it. 5296 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 5297 return nullptr; 5298 5299 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 5300 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 5301 D.setInvalidType(); 5302 5303 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 5304 ForRedeclaration); 5305 5306 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 5307 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5308 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 5309 bool CreateBuiltins = false; 5310 5311 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 5312 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 5313 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 5314 // 5315 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with 5316 // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with 5317 // the same name. 5318 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 5319 /* Do nothing*/; 5320 else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && 5321 (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern || 5322 R->isFunctionType())) { 5323 IsLinkageLookup = true; 5324 CreateBuiltins = 5325 CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit(); 5326 } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 5327 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 5328 CreateBuiltins = true; 5329 5330 if (IsLinkageLookup) 5331 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 5332 5333 LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins); 5334 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 5335 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 5336 5337 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 5338 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 5339 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 5340 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 5341 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 5342 // thereof; [...] 5343 // 5344 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 5345 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 5346 // we want to match. For example, given: 5347 // 5348 // class X { 5349 // void f(); 5350 // void f(float); 5351 // }; 5352 // 5353 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 5354 // 5355 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 5356 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 5357 // matches. 5358 5359 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 5360 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 5361 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 5362 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 5363 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 5364 } 5365 5366 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 5367 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 5368 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 5369 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 5370 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5371 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 5372 5373 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 5374 Previous.clear(); 5375 } 5376 5377 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 5378 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 5379 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 5380 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 5381 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 5382 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 5383 Previous.clear(); 5384 5385 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters 5386 // of a function declaration (C++ only). 5387 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 5388 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 5389 5390 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) { 5391 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 5392 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 5393 // template, declared in namespace scope 5394 if (!TemplateParamLists.size()) { 5395 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 5396 diag:: err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 5397 return nullptr; 5398 } 5399 5400 if (!DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext()) { 5401 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5402 diag::err_concept_decls_may_only_appear_in_namespace_scope); 5403 return nullptr; 5404 } 5405 } 5406 5407 NamedDecl *New; 5408 5409 bool AddToScope = true; 5410 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 5411 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 5412 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 5413 return nullptr; 5414 } 5415 5416 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 5417 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 5418 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 5419 TemplateParamLists, 5420 AddToScope); 5421 } else { 5422 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists, 5423 AddToScope); 5424 } 5425 5426 if (!New) 5427 return nullptr; 5428 5429 // If this has an identifier and is not a function template specialization, 5430 // add it to the scope stack. 5431 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope) { 5432 // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first 5433 // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should 5434 // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it. 5435 bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl(); 5436 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext); 5437 if (!AddToContext) 5438 CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New); 5439 } 5440 5441 if (isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext()) 5442 checkDeclIsAllowedInOpenMPTarget(nullptr, New); 5443 5444 return New; 5445 } 5446 5447 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 5448 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 5449 /// GCC compatibility). 5450 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 5451 ASTContext &Context, 5452 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5453 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5454 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 5455 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 5456 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 5457 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 5458 SizeIsNegative = false; 5459 Oversized = 0; 5460 5461 if (T->isDependentType()) 5462 return QualType(); 5463 5464 QualifierCollector Qs; 5465 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 5466 5467 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 5468 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 5469 QualType FixedType = 5470 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 5471 Oversized); 5472 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 5473 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 5474 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 5475 } 5476 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 5477 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 5478 QualType FixedType = 5479 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 5480 Oversized); 5481 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 5482 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 5483 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 5484 } 5485 5486 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 5487 if (!VLATy) 5488 return QualType(); 5489 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 5490 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 5491 return QualType(); 5492 5493 llvm::APSInt Res; 5494 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 5495 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 5496 return QualType(); 5497 5498 // Check whether the array size is negative. 5499 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 5500 SizeIsNegative = true; 5501 return QualType(); 5502 } 5503 5504 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 5505 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 5506 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 5507 Res); 5508 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 5509 Oversized = Res; 5510 return QualType(); 5511 } 5512 5513 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 5514 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5515 } 5516 5517 static void 5518 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 5519 SrcTL = SrcTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5520 DstTL = DstTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5521 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { 5522 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); 5523 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), 5524 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); 5525 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); 5526 return; 5527 } 5528 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { 5529 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); 5530 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), 5531 DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); 5532 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); 5533 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); 5534 return; 5535 } 5536 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5537 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5538 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); 5539 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); 5540 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 5541 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); 5542 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); 5543 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); 5544 } 5545 5546 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 5547 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 5548 /// GCC compatibility). 5549 static TypeSourceInfo* 5550 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 5551 ASTContext &Context, 5552 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5553 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5554 QualType FixedTy 5555 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 5556 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 5557 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 5558 return nullptr; 5559 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 5560 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 5561 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 5562 return FixedTInfo; 5563 } 5564 5565 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 5566 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C" 5567 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just 5568 /// function-scope declarations. 5569 void 5570 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) { 5571 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5572 ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 5573 // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C. 5574 return; 5575 5576 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 5577 Context.getExternCContextDecl()->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ND); 5578 } 5579 5580 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 5581 // FIXME: We can have multiple results via __attribute__((overloadable)). 5582 auto Result = Context.getExternCContextDecl()->lookup(Name); 5583 return Result.empty() ? nullptr : *Result.begin(); 5584 } 5585 5586 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 5587 /// does not identify a function. 5588 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) { 5589 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 5590 // confusion for constructs like "virtual int a(), b;" 5591 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 5592 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5593 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 5594 5595 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 5596 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5597 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 5598 5599 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) 5600 Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 5601 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 5602 } 5603 5604 NamedDecl* 5605 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 5606 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 5607 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5608 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5609 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 5610 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5611 D.setInvalidType(); 5612 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 5613 DC = CurContext; 5614 Previous.clear(); 5615 } 5616 5617 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5618 5619 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 5620 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 5621 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z; 5622 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 5623 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 5624 << 1; 5625 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) 5626 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 5627 diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 5628 5629 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 5630 if (D.getName().Kind == UnqualifiedId::IK_DeductionGuideName) 5631 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, 5632 diag::err_deduction_guide_invalid_specifier) 5633 << "typedef"; 5634 else 5635 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 5636 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 5637 return nullptr; 5638 } 5639 5640 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 5641 if (!NewTD) return nullptr; 5642 5643 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 5644 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 5645 5646 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 5647 5648 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 5649 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 5650 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 5651 return ND; 5652 } 5653 5654 void 5655 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 5656 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 5657 // then it shall have block scope. 5658 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 5659 // that redeclarations will match. 5660 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 5661 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 5662 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 5663 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5664 5665 if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5666 bool SizeIsNegative; 5667 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 5668 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 5669 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 5670 SizeIsNegative, 5671 Oversized); 5672 if (FixedTInfo) { 5673 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 5674 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 5675 } else { 5676 if (SizeIsNegative) 5677 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 5678 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 5679 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 5680 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 5681 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 5682 << Oversized.toString(10); 5683 else 5684 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 5685 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 5686 } 5687 } 5688 } 5689 } 5690 5691 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 5692 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 5693 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 5694 NamedDecl* 5695 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 5696 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 5697 5698 // Find the shadowed declaration before filtering for scope. 5699 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = getShadowedDeclaration(NewTD, Previous); 5700 5701 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 5702 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 5703 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false, 5704 /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false); 5705 filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(*this, NewTD, Previous); 5706 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5707 Redeclaration = true; 5708 MergeTypedefNameDecl(S, NewTD, Previous); 5709 } 5710 5711 if (ShadowedDecl && !Redeclaration) 5712 CheckShadow(NewTD, ShadowedDecl, Previous); 5713 5714 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 5715 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 5716 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 5717 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 5718 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 5719 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 5720 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 5721 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5722 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 5723 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5724 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 5725 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 5726 } 5727 5728 return NewTD; 5729 } 5730 5731 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 5732 /// previous declaration. 5733 /// 5734 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 5735 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 5736 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 5737 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 5738 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 5739 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 5740 /// 5741 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 5742 /// lookup 5743 /// 5744 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 5745 /// declared. 5746 /// 5747 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 5748 /// for a new delcaration with the same name. 5749 static bool 5750 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 5751 ASTContext &Context) { 5752 if (!PrevDecl) 5753 return false; 5754 5755 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 5756 return false; 5757 5758 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5759 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 5760 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 5761 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 5762 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 5763 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 5764 // linkage of the previous declaration. 5765 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 5766 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5767 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 5768 return false; 5769 5770 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 5771 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 5772 // We found a member function: ignore it. 5773 return false; 5774 5775 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 5776 // previous declarations. 5777 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5778 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5779 5780 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 5781 // isn't the same function. 5782 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 5783 return false; 5784 } 5785 5786 return true; 5787 } 5788 5789 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 5790 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 5791 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 5792 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 5793 } 5794 5795 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 5796 QualType type = decl->getType(); 5797 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 5798 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 5799 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 5800 unsigned kind = -1U; 5801 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5802 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 5803 kind = 0; // __block 5804 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 5805 kind = 1; // global 5806 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 5807 kind = 3; // ivar 5808 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 5809 kind = 2; // field 5810 } 5811 5812 if (kind != -1U) { 5813 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 5814 << kind; 5815 } 5816 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 5817 // Try to infer lifetime. 5818 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 5819 return false; 5820 5821 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 5822 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 5823 decl->setType(type); 5824 } 5825 5826 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5827 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 5828 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 5829 var->getTLSKind()) { 5830 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 5831 << var->getType(); 5832 return true; 5833 } 5834 } 5835 5836 return false; 5837 } 5838 5839 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 5840 // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache 5841 // the wrong linkage. 5842 assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0); 5843 5844 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 5845 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 5846 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5847 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 5848 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 5849 } 5850 } 5851 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 5852 if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5853 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 5854 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 5855 ND.dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5856 } 5857 } 5858 5859 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND)) { 5860 if (VD->hasInit()) { 5861 if (const auto *Attr = VD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 5862 assert(VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 5863 !VD->isExternallyVisible() && "Broken AliasAttr handled late!"); 5864 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD << 0; 5865 VD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5866 } 5867 } 5868 } 5869 5870 // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible variable declarations. 5871 // It does not apply to functions. 5872 if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) { 5873 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5874 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), 5875 diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data); 5876 ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>(); 5877 } 5878 } 5879 5880 if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) { 5881 // dll attributes require external linkage. Static locals may have external 5882 // linkage but still cannot be explicitly imported or exported. 5883 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND); 5884 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible() || (VD && VD->isStaticLocal())) { 5885 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern) 5886 << &ND << Attr; 5887 ND.setInvalidDecl(); 5888 } 5889 } 5890 5891 // Virtual functions cannot be marked as 'notail'. 5892 if (auto *Attr = ND.getAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>()) 5893 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(&ND)) 5894 if (MD->isVirtual()) { 5895 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), 5896 diag::err_invalid_attribute_on_virtual_function) 5897 << Attr; 5898 ND.dropAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>(); 5899 } 5900 } 5901 5902 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl, 5903 NamedDecl *NewDecl, 5904 bool IsSpecialization, 5905 bool IsDefinition) { 5906 if (OldDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 5907 return; 5908 5909 bool IsTemplate = false; 5910 if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 5911 OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5912 IsTemplate = true; 5913 if (!IsSpecialization) 5914 IsDefinition = false; 5915 } 5916 if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl)) { 5917 NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5918 IsTemplate = true; 5919 } 5920 5921 if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl) 5922 return; 5923 5924 const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5925 const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5926 const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5927 const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5928 5929 // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude 5930 // inherited attribute instances. 5931 bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) || 5932 (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited()); 5933 5934 // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute, 5935 // the only exception being explicit specializations. 5936 // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there 5937 // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport. 5938 bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr; 5939 5940 if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) { 5941 // Allow with a warning for free functions and global variables. 5942 bool JustWarn = false; 5943 if (!OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) { 5944 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl); 5945 if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 5946 JustWarn = true; 5947 auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl); 5948 if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate) 5949 JustWarn = true; 5950 } 5951 5952 // We cannot change a declaration that's been used because IR has already 5953 // been emitted. Dllimported functions will still work though (modulo 5954 // address equality) as they can use the thunk. 5955 if (OldDecl->isUsed()) 5956 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl) || !NewImportAttr) 5957 JustWarn = false; 5958 5959 unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration 5960 : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration; 5961 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID) 5962 << NewDecl 5963 << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr); 5964 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5965 if (!JustWarn) { 5966 NewDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5967 return; 5968 } 5969 } 5970 5971 // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only 5972 // exceptions being inline function definitions (except for function 5973 // templates), local extern declarations, qualified friend declarations or 5974 // special MSVC extension: in the last case, the declaration is treated as if 5975 // it were marked dllexport. 5976 bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false; 5977 bool IsMicrosoft = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft(); 5978 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl)) { 5979 // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed 5980 // separately. 5981 IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember(); 5982 IsDefinition = VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(S.Context) != 5983 VarDecl::DeclarationOnly; 5984 } else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) { 5985 IsInline = FD->isInlined(); 5986 IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() && 5987 FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared; 5988 } 5989 5990 if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && 5991 (!IsInline || (IsMicrosoft && IsTemplate)) && !IsStaticDataMember && 5992 !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) { 5993 if (IsMicrosoft && IsDefinition) { 5994 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5995 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_import_attribute) 5996 << NewDecl; 5997 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5998 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5999 NewDecl->addAttr(::new (S.Context) DLLExportAttr( 6000 NewImportAttr->getRange(), S.Context, 6001 NewImportAttr->getSpellingListIndex())); 6002 } else { 6003 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 6004 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 6005 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 6006 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6007 S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute); 6008 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6009 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6010 } 6011 } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr && !IsMicrosoft) { 6012 // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport attribute. 6013 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6014 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6015 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 6016 diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function) 6017 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 6018 } 6019 } 6020 6021 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function, 6022 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the 6023 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes? 6024 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 6025 // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction. 6026 6027 // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword. 6028 if (!FD->isInlined()) return false; 6029 6030 // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute. 6031 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) 6032 return false; 6033 6034 // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function. 6035 return S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally; 6036 } 6037 6038 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching 6039 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that 6040 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally 6041 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer. 6042 /// 6043 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a 6044 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration. 6045 /// 6046 /// For instance: 6047 /// 6048 /// auto x = []{}; 6049 /// 6050 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally 6051 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage. 6052 /// 6053 /// FIXME: This is a hack. 6054 template<typename T> 6055 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) { 6056 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6057 // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C". 6058 if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) 6059 return false; 6060 6061 // So do CUDA's host/device attributes. 6062 if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && (D->template hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || 6063 D->template hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>())) 6064 return false; 6065 } 6066 return D->isExternC(); 6067 } 6068 6069 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) { 6070 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 6071 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC)) 6072 return VD->hasExternalStorage(); 6073 if (DC->isFileContext()) 6074 return true; 6075 if (DC->isRecord()) 6076 return false; 6077 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 6078 } 6079 6080 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 6081 const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 6082 if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || 6083 isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC)) 6084 return true; 6085 if (DC->isRecord()) 6086 return false; 6087 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 6088 } 6089 6090 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList, 6091 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 6092 for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext()) 6093 if (L->getKind() == Kind) 6094 return true; 6095 return false; 6096 } 6097 6098 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD, 6099 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 6100 // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec. 6101 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind)) 6102 return true; 6103 6104 // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type 6105 // position to the decl itself. 6106 for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 6107 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind)) 6108 return true; 6109 } 6110 6111 // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself. 6112 return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind); 6113 } 6114 6115 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a 6116 /// function-local external declaration. 6117 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) { 6118 if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 6119 return false; 6120 6121 // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function 6122 // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is 6123 // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now. 6124 if (DC->isDependentContext()) 6125 return true; 6126 6127 // C++11 [basic.link]p7: 6128 // When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to 6129 // refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the 6130 // innermost enclosing namespace. 6131 // 6132 // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a 6133 // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one. 6134 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 6135 DC = DC->getParent(); 6136 return true; 6137 } 6138 6139 /// \brief Returns true if given declaration has external C language linkage. 6140 static bool isDeclExternC(const Decl *D) { 6141 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) 6142 return FD->isExternC(); 6143 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 6144 return VD->isExternC(); 6145 6146 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type of decl!"); 6147 } 6148 6149 NamedDecl *Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator( 6150 Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6151 LookupResult &Previous, MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 6152 bool &AddToScope, ArrayRef<BindingDecl *> Bindings) { 6153 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 6154 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 6155 6156 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 6157 6158 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 6159 AddToScope = false; 6160 // Take the name of the first declarator as our name for diagnostic 6161 // purposes. 6162 auto &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator(); 6163 if (!Decomp.bindings().empty()) { 6164 II = Decomp.bindings()[0].Name; 6165 Name = II; 6166 } 6167 } else if (!II) { 6168 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) << Name; 6169 return nullptr; 6170 } 6171 6172 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 6173 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.b - Image type can only be used as a function argument. 6174 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.16.1 - Pipe type can only be used as a function 6175 // argument. 6176 if (R->isImageType() || R->isPipeType()) { 6177 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6178 diag::err_opencl_type_can_only_be_used_as_function_parameter) 6179 << R; 6180 D.setInvalidType(); 6181 return nullptr; 6182 } 6183 6184 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.r: 6185 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 6186 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.q: 6187 // The clk_event_t and reserve_id_t types cannot be declared in program scope. 6188 if (NULL == S->getParent()) { 6189 if (R->isReserveIDT() || R->isClkEventT() || R->isEventT()) { 6190 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6191 diag::err_invalid_type_for_program_scope_var) << R; 6192 D.setInvalidType(); 6193 return nullptr; 6194 } 6195 } 6196 6197 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed. 6198 QualType NR = R; 6199 while (NR->isPointerType()) { 6200 if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) { 6201 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer); 6202 D.setInvalidType(); 6203 break; 6204 } 6205 NR = NR->getPointeeType(); 6206 } 6207 6208 if (!getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_khr_fp16")) { 6209 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 6210 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 6211 if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 6212 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 6213 D.setInvalidType(); 6214 } 6215 } 6216 6217 if (R->isSamplerT()) { 6218 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: 6219 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address 6220 // space qualifiers. 6221 if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || 6222 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global) { 6223 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); 6224 } 6225 6226 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.12.14.1: 6227 // A global sampler must be declared with either the constant address 6228 // space qualifier or with the const qualifier. 6229 if (DC->isTranslationUnit() && 6230 !(R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 6231 R.isConstQualified())) { 6232 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_nonconst_global_sampler); 6233 D.setInvalidType(); 6234 } 6235 } 6236 6237 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.r: 6238 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 6239 // address space qualifiers. 6240 if (R->isEventT()) { 6241 if (R.getAddressSpace()) { 6242 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 6243 D.setInvalidType(); 6244 } 6245 } 6246 } 6247 6248 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 6249 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec()); 6250 6251 // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We 6252 // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext. 6253 if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() && 6254 hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) && 6255 !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport)) 6256 SC = SC_Extern; 6257 6258 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 6259 bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern && 6260 adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 6261 6262 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 6263 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 6264 // an error here 6265 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 6266 D.setInvalidType(); 6267 SC = SC_None; 6268 } 6269 6270 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register && 6271 !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro( 6272 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) { 6273 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 6274 // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some 6275 // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro. 6276 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6277 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z ? diag::ext_register_storage_class 6278 : diag::warn_deprecated_register) 6279 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6280 } 6281 6282 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 6283 6284 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 6285 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 6286 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 6287 // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support. 6288 if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) { 6289 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 6290 D.setInvalidType(); 6291 } 6292 } 6293 6294 bool IsMemberSpecialization = false; 6295 bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false; 6296 bool IsPartialSpecialization = false; 6297 bool IsVariableTemplate = false; 6298 VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr; 6299 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr; 6300 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr; 6301 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6302 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 6303 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 6304 R, TInfo, SC); 6305 6306 if (R->getContainedDeducedType()) 6307 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 6308 6309 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6310 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6311 } else { 6312 bool Invalid = false; 6313 6314 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 6315 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 6316 switch (SC) { 6317 case SC_None: 6318 break; 6319 case SC_Static: 6320 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6321 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 6322 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6323 break; 6324 case SC_Auto: 6325 case SC_Register: 6326 case SC_Extern: 6327 // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only 6328 // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters. 6329 // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration 6330 // of class members 6331 6332 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6333 diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member) 6334 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6335 break; 6336 case SC_PrivateExtern: 6337 llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!"); 6338 } 6339 } 6340 6341 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 6342 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 6343 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 6344 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6345 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 6346 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 6347 6348 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 6349 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 6350 if (RD->isUnion()) 6351 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6352 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 6353 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 6354 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 6355 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 6356 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 6357 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6358 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 6359 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 6360 } 6361 } 6362 6363 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 6364 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 6365 TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 6366 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6367 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 6368 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 6369 ? D.getName().TemplateId 6370 : nullptr, 6371 TemplateParamLists, 6372 /*never a friend*/ false, IsMemberSpecialization, Invalid); 6373 6374 if (TemplateParams) { 6375 if (!TemplateParams->size() && 6376 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 6377 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 6378 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 6379 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 6380 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 6381 << II 6382 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 6383 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 6384 TemplateParams = nullptr; 6385 } else { 6386 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 6387 // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization. 6388 // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here. 6389 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true; 6390 IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0; 6391 } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) 6392 // This is a template declaration. 6393 IsVariableTemplate = true; 6394 6395 // Check that we can declare a template here. 6396 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 6397 return nullptr; 6398 6399 // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651). 6400 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6401 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 6402 ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template 6403 : diag::ext_variable_template); 6404 } 6405 } 6406 } else { 6407 assert( 6408 (Invalid || D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) && 6409 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 6410 } 6411 6412 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 6413 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = 6414 TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 6415 ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc() 6416 : SourceLocation(); 6417 DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( 6418 S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC, 6419 IsPartialSpecialization); 6420 if (Res.isInvalid()) 6421 return nullptr; 6422 NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get()); 6423 AddToScope = false; 6424 } else if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 6425 NewVD = DecompositionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 6426 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R, TInfo, SC, 6427 Bindings); 6428 } else 6429 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 6430 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC); 6431 6432 // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such. 6433 if (IsVariableTemplate) { 6434 NewTemplate = 6435 VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, 6436 TemplateParams, NewVD); 6437 NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate); 6438 } 6439 6440 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 6441 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 6442 if (R->getContainedDeducedType()) 6443 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 6444 6445 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) { 6446 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6447 if (NewTemplate) 6448 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6449 } 6450 6451 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 6452 6453 // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to 6454 // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them. 6455 unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0; 6456 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists) 6457 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo( 6458 Context, TemplateParamLists.drop_back(VDTemplateParamLists)); 6459 6460 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) { 6461 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 6462 // C++1z [dcl.spec.constexpr]p1: 6463 // A static data member declared with the constexpr specifier is 6464 // implicitly an inline variable. 6465 if (NewVD->isStaticDataMember() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z) 6466 NewVD->setImplicitlyInline(); 6467 } 6468 6469 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) { 6470 if (VarTemplateDecl *VTD = NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 6471 VTD->setConcept(); 6472 6473 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not 6474 // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr 6475 // specifiers, [...] 6476 if (D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec() == TSCS_thread_local) { 6477 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6478 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 6479 << 0 << 0; 6480 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6481 } 6482 6483 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) { 6484 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 6485 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 6486 << 0 << 3; 6487 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6488 } 6489 6490 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 6491 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 6492 // template, declared in namespace scope. 6493 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 6494 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 6495 diag::err_concept_specified_specialization) 6496 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 2 : 1); 6497 } 6498 6499 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p6: A variable concept has the 6500 // following restrictions: 6501 // - The declared type shall have the type bool. 6502 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewVD->getType(), Context.BoolTy) && 6503 !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6504 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_variable_concept_bool_decl); 6505 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6506 } 6507 } 6508 } 6509 6510 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) { 6511 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6512 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 6513 << 0; 6514 } else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 6515 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope variable declaration. 6516 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 6517 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 6518 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 6519 } else { 6520 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 6521 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z ? diag::warn_cxx14_compat_inline_variable 6522 : diag::ext_inline_variable); 6523 NewVD->setInlineSpecified(); 6524 } 6525 } 6526 6527 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 6528 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 6529 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6530 if (NewTemplate) 6531 NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6532 6533 if (IsLocalExternDecl) { 6534 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) 6535 for (auto *B : Bindings) 6536 B->setLocalExternDecl(); 6537 else 6538 NewVD->setLocalExternDecl(); 6539 } 6540 6541 bool EmitTLSUnsupportedError = false; 6542 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) { 6543 // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4: 6544 // When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the 6545 // storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear 6546 // explicitly. 6547 // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared 6548 // 'extern'. 6549 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && 6550 (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified || 6551 TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local || 6552 !DC->isFunctionOrMethod())) 6553 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6554 diag::err_thread_non_global) 6555 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 6556 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) { 6557 if (getLangOpts().CUDA || getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice) { 6558 // Postpone error emission until we've collected attributes required to 6559 // figure out whether it's a host or device variable and whether the 6560 // error should be ignored. 6561 EmitTLSUnsupportedError = true; 6562 // We still need to mark the variable as TLS so it shows up in AST with 6563 // proper storage class for other tools to use even if we're not going 6564 // to emit any code for it. 6565 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 6566 } else 6567 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6568 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 6569 } else 6570 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 6571 } 6572 6573 // C99 6.7.4p3 6574 // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall 6575 // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or 6576 // thread storage duration... 6577 // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined 6578 // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note 6579 // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to 6580 // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these 6581 // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)). 6582 if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 6583 !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) { 6584 FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 6585 if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) { 6586 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6587 diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline); 6588 MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD); 6589 } 6590 } 6591 6592 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 6593 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 6594 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6595 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0) 6596 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 6597 D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6598 else if (IsMemberSpecialization) 6599 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6600 << 2 6601 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6602 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 6603 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 6604 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 6605 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 6606 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6607 else { 6608 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 6609 if (NewTemplate) 6610 NewTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 6611 for (auto *B : Bindings) 6612 B->setModulePrivate(); 6613 } 6614 } 6615 6616 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 6617 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 6618 6619 if (getLangOpts().CUDA || getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice) { 6620 if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError && 6621 ((getLangOpts().CUDA && DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) || 6622 (getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice && 6623 NewVD->hasAttr<OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr>()))) 6624 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6625 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 6626 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 6627 // storage [duration]." 6628 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 6629 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 6630 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 6631 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 6632 } 6633 } 6634 6635 // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as 6636 // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can 6637 // check the VarDecl itself. 6638 assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() || 6639 NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() || 6640 NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None); 6641 6642 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 6643 // retainable type. 6644 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 6645 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6646 6647 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 6648 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 6649 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 6650 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 6651 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 6652 if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) { 6653 switch (SC) { 6654 case SC_None: 6655 case SC_Auto: 6656 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 6657 break; 6658 case SC_Register: 6659 // Local Named register 6660 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label) && 6661 DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), getCurFunctionDecl())) 6662 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 6663 break; 6664 case SC_Static: 6665 case SC_Extern: 6666 case SC_PrivateExtern: 6667 break; 6668 } 6669 } else if (SC == SC_Register) { 6670 // Global Named register 6671 if (DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) { 6672 const auto &TI = Context.getTargetInfo(); 6673 bool HasSizeMismatch; 6674 6675 if (!TI.isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 6676 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 6677 else if (!TI.validateGlobalRegisterVariable(Label, 6678 Context.getTypeSize(R), 6679 HasSizeMismatch)) 6680 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_invalid_global_var_reg) << Label; 6681 else if (HasSizeMismatch) 6682 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_register_size_mismatch) << Label; 6683 } 6684 6685 if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) { 6686 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type); 6687 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6688 } 6689 } 6690 6691 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 6692 Context, Label, 0)); 6693 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 6694 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 6695 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 6696 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 6697 if (isDeclExternC(NewVD)) { 6698 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 6699 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 6700 } else 6701 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 6702 << /*Variable*/1 << NewVD; 6703 } 6704 } 6705 6706 // Find the shadowed declaration before filtering for scope. 6707 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty() 6708 ? getShadowedDeclaration(NewVD, Previous) 6709 : nullptr; 6710 6711 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 6712 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 6713 // declaration has linkage). 6714 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD), 6715 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 6716 IsMemberSpecialization || 6717 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization); 6718 6719 // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This 6720 // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3. 6721 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 6722 NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) 6723 NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope( 6724 Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() && 6725 isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false)); 6726 6727 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6728 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6729 } else { 6730 // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it. 6731 if (IsMemberSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6732 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 6733 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6734 6735 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 6736 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6737 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 6738 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 6739 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6740 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 6741 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 6742 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 6743 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6744 Previous.clear(); 6745 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6746 } 6747 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6748 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 6749 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 6750 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 6751 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6752 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6753 } 6754 6755 if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 6756 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6757 6758 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p7: A program shall not declare [...] 6759 // an explicit specialization (14.8.3) or a partial specialization of a 6760 // concept definition. 6761 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization && 6762 !D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified() && !Previous.empty() && 6763 Previous.isSingleResult()) { 6764 NamedDecl *PreviousDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 6765 if (VarTemplateDecl *VarTmpl = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(PreviousDecl)) { 6766 if (VarTmpl->isConcept()) { 6767 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_concept_specialized) 6768 << 1 /*variable*/ 6769 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 2 /*partially specialized*/ 6770 : 1 /*explicitly specialized*/); 6771 Diag(VarTmpl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6772 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6773 } 6774 } 6775 } 6776 6777 if (NewTemplate) { 6778 VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate = 6779 NewVD->getPreviousDecl() 6780 ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate() 6781 : nullptr; 6782 6783 // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly 6784 // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable 6785 // template declaration. 6786 if (CheckTemplateParameterList( 6787 TemplateParams, 6788 PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 6789 : nullptr, 6790 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() && 6791 DC->isDependentContext()) 6792 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 6793 : TPC_VarTemplate)) 6794 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6795 6796 // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable 6797 // template, make a note of that. 6798 if (PrevVarTemplate && 6799 PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) 6800 PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization(); 6801 } 6802 } 6803 6804 // Diagnose shadowed variables iff this isn't a redeclaration. 6805 if (ShadowedDecl && !D.isRedeclaration()) 6806 CheckShadow(NewVD, ShadowedDecl, Previous); 6807 6808 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); 6809 6810 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 6811 // the map of such variables. 6812 if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6813 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD)) 6814 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S); 6815 6816 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6817 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 6818 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 6819 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 6820 Context.setManglingNumber( 6821 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 6822 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 6823 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 6824 } 6825 } 6826 6827 // Special handling of variable named 'main'. 6828 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("main") && 6829 NewVD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 6830 !getLangOpts().Freestanding && !NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) { 6831 6832 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3 6833 // A program that declares a variable main at global scope is ill-formed. 6834 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 6835 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_main_global_variable); 6836 6837 // In C, and external-linkage variable named main results in undefined 6838 // behavior. 6839 else if (NewVD->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) 6840 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::warn_main_redefined); 6841 } 6842 6843 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 6844 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 6845 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD, 6846 IsMemberSpecialization, D.isFunctionDefinition()); 6847 } 6848 6849 if (NewTemplate) { 6850 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6851 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6852 ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate); 6853 return NewTemplate; 6854 } 6855 6856 if (IsMemberSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6857 CompleteMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous); 6858 6859 return NewVD; 6860 } 6861 6862 /// Enum describing the %select options in diag::warn_decl_shadow. 6863 enum ShadowedDeclKind { 6864 SDK_Local, 6865 SDK_Global, 6866 SDK_StaticMember, 6867 SDK_Field, 6868 SDK_Typedef, 6869 SDK_Using 6870 }; 6871 6872 /// Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 6873 static ShadowedDeclKind computeShadowedDeclKind(const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl, 6874 const DeclContext *OldDC) { 6875 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6876 return SDK_Using; 6877 else if (isa<TypedefDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6878 return SDK_Typedef; 6879 else if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) 6880 return isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? SDK_Field : SDK_StaticMember; 6881 6882 return OldDC->isFileContext() ? SDK_Global : SDK_Local; 6883 } 6884 6885 /// Return the location of the capture if the given lambda captures the given 6886 /// variable \p VD, or an invalid source location otherwise. 6887 static SourceLocation getCaptureLocation(const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, 6888 const VarDecl *VD) { 6889 for (const LambdaScopeInfo::Capture &Capture : LSI->Captures) { 6890 if (Capture.isVariableCapture() && Capture.getVariable() == VD) 6891 return Capture.getLocation(); 6892 } 6893 return SourceLocation(); 6894 } 6895 6896 static bool shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(const DiagnosticsEngine &Diags, 6897 const LookupResult &R) { 6898 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 6899 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 6900 return false; 6901 6902 // Return false if warning is ignored. 6903 return !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()); 6904 } 6905 6906 /// \brief Return the declaration shadowed by the given variable \p D, or null 6907 /// if it doesn't shadow any declaration or shadowing warnings are disabled. 6908 NamedDecl *Sema::getShadowedDeclaration(const VarDecl *D, 6909 const LookupResult &R) { 6910 if (!shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(Diags, R)) 6911 return nullptr; 6912 6913 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 6914 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 6915 return nullptr; 6916 6917 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 6918 return isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) || isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl) 6919 ? ShadowedDecl 6920 : nullptr; 6921 } 6922 6923 /// \brief Return the declaration shadowed by the given typedef \p D, or null 6924 /// if it doesn't shadow any declaration or shadowing warnings are disabled. 6925 NamedDecl *Sema::getShadowedDeclaration(const TypedefNameDecl *D, 6926 const LookupResult &R) { 6927 // Don't warn if typedef declaration is part of a class 6928 if (D->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 6929 return nullptr; 6930 6931 if (!shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(Diags, R)) 6932 return nullptr; 6933 6934 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 6935 return isa<TypedefNameDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? ShadowedDecl : nullptr; 6936 } 6937 6938 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 6939 /// -Wshadow. 6940 /// 6941 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 6942 /// scope. 6943 /// 6944 /// \param ShadowedDecl the declaration that is shadowed by the given variable 6945 /// \param R the lookup of the name 6946 /// 6947 void Sema::CheckShadow(NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl, 6948 const LookupResult &R) { 6949 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 6950 6951 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) { 6952 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 6953 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 6954 if (MD->isStatic()) 6955 return; 6956 6957 // Fields shadowed by constructor parameters are a special case. Usually 6958 // the constructor initializes the field with the parameter. 6959 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewDC)) 6960 if (const auto PVD = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(D)) { 6961 // Remember that this was shadowed so we can either warn about its 6962 // modification or its existence depending on warning settings. 6963 ShadowingDecls.insert({PVD->getCanonicalDecl(), FD}); 6964 return; 6965 } 6966 } 6967 6968 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6969 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 6970 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 6971 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 6972 for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls()) 6973 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 6974 ShadowedDecl = I; 6975 break; 6976 } 6977 } 6978 6979 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 6980 6981 unsigned WarningDiag = diag::warn_decl_shadow; 6982 SourceLocation CaptureLoc; 6983 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && NewDC && 6984 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) { 6985 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewDC->getParent())) { 6986 if (RD->isLambda() && OldDC->Encloses(NewDC->getLexicalParent())) { 6987 if (RD->getLambdaCaptureDefault() == LCD_None) { 6988 // Try to avoid warnings for lambdas with an explicit capture list. 6989 const auto *LSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(getCurFunction()); 6990 // Warn only when the lambda captures the shadowed decl explicitly. 6991 CaptureLoc = getCaptureLocation(LSI, cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)); 6992 if (CaptureLoc.isInvalid()) 6993 WarningDiag = diag::warn_decl_shadow_uncaptured_local; 6994 } else { 6995 // Remember that this was shadowed so we can avoid the warning if the 6996 // shadowed decl isn't captured and the warning settings allow it. 6997 cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(getCurFunction()) 6998 ->ShadowingDecls.push_back( 6999 {cast<VarDecl>(D), cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)}); 7000 return; 7001 } 7002 } 7003 } 7004 } 7005 7006 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 7007 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 7008 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 7009 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 7010 return; 7011 7012 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 7013 // static data members from base classes? 7014 7015 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 7016 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 7017 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 7018 } 7019 7020 7021 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 7022 7023 // Emit warning and note. 7024 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc())) 7025 return; 7026 ShadowedDeclKind Kind = computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC); 7027 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), WarningDiag) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 7028 if (!CaptureLoc.isInvalid()) 7029 Diag(CaptureLoc, diag::note_var_explicitly_captured_here) 7030 << Name << /*explicitly*/ 1; 7031 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7032 } 7033 7034 /// Diagnose shadowing for variables shadowed in the lambda record \p LambdaRD 7035 /// when these variables are captured by the lambda. 7036 void Sema::DiagnoseShadowingLambdaDecls(const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI) { 7037 for (const auto &Shadow : LSI->ShadowingDecls) { 7038 const VarDecl *ShadowedDecl = Shadow.ShadowedDecl; 7039 // Try to avoid the warning when the shadowed decl isn't captured. 7040 SourceLocation CaptureLoc = getCaptureLocation(LSI, ShadowedDecl); 7041 const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 7042 Diag(Shadow.VD->getLocation(), CaptureLoc.isInvalid() 7043 ? diag::warn_decl_shadow_uncaptured_local 7044 : diag::warn_decl_shadow) 7045 << Shadow.VD->getDeclName() 7046 << computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC) << OldDC; 7047 if (!CaptureLoc.isInvalid()) 7048 Diag(CaptureLoc, diag::note_var_explicitly_captured_here) 7049 << Shadow.VD->getDeclName() << /*explicitly*/ 0; 7050 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7051 } 7052 } 7053 7054 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 7055 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 7056 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation())) 7057 return; 7058 7059 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 7060 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 7061 LookupName(R, S); 7062 if (NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = getShadowedDeclaration(D, R)) 7063 CheckShadow(D, ShadowedDecl, R); 7064 } 7065 7066 /// Check if 'E', which is an expression that is about to be modified, refers 7067 /// to a constructor parameter that shadows a field. 7068 void Sema::CheckShadowingDeclModification(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc) { 7069 // Quickly ignore expressions that can't be shadowing ctor parameters. 7070 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || ShadowingDecls.empty()) 7071 return; 7072 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7073 auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E); 7074 if (!DRE) 7075 return; 7076 const NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()); 7077 auto I = ShadowingDecls.find(D); 7078 if (I == ShadowingDecls.end()) 7079 return; 7080 const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = I->second; 7081 const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 7082 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_modifying_shadowing_decl) << D << OldDC; 7083 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_var_declared_here) << D; 7084 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7085 7086 // Avoid issuing multiple warnings about the same decl. 7087 ShadowingDecls.erase(I); 7088 } 7089 7090 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and 7091 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++. 7092 template<typename T> 7093 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict( 7094 Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) { 7095 assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\""); 7096 NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName()); 7097 7098 if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 7099 // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C" 7100 // declaration. 7101 return false; 7102 } 7103 7104 if (Prev) { 7105 if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 7106 // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a 7107 // redeclaration. 7108 Previous.clear(); 7109 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 7110 return true; 7111 } 7112 7113 // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous 7114 // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable 7115 // declaration. 7116 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND)) 7117 return false; 7118 } else { 7119 // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the 7120 // translation unit which might conflict. 7121 if (IsGlobal) { 7122 // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit. 7123 IsGlobal = false; 7124 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 7125 I != E; ++I) { 7126 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 7127 Prev = *I; 7128 break; 7129 } 7130 } 7131 } else { 7132 DeclContext::lookup_result R = 7133 S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName()); 7134 for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); 7135 I != E; ++I) { 7136 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 7137 Prev = *I; 7138 break; 7139 } 7140 // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope, 7141 // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the 7142 // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name 7143 // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a 7144 // diagnostic. 7145 } 7146 } 7147 7148 if (!Prev) 7149 return false; 7150 } 7151 7152 // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which 7153 // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec. 7154 assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose"); 7155 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev)) 7156 Prev = FD->getFirstDecl(); 7157 else 7158 Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl(); 7159 7160 S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict) 7161 << IsGlobal << ND; 7162 S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict) 7163 << IsGlobal; 7164 return false; 7165 } 7166 7167 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true 7168 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity. 7169 /// 7170 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6: 7171 /// Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage 7172 /// with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same 7173 /// [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with 7174 /// the same name as an entity in global scope. 7175 template<typename T> 7176 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND, 7177 LookupResult &Previous) { 7178 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7179 // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern' 7180 // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because 7181 // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext. 7182 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 7183 if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) { 7184 Previous.clear(); 7185 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 7186 return true; 7187 } 7188 } 7189 return false; 7190 } 7191 7192 // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C" 7193 // declaration. 7194 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 7195 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous); 7196 7197 // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the 7198 // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration 7199 // in another scope. 7200 if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND)) 7201 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous); 7202 7203 // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do. 7204 return false; 7205 } 7206 7207 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) { 7208 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 7209 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 7210 return; 7211 7212 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 7213 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 7214 7215 // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached. 7216 if (T->isUndeducedType()) 7217 return; 7218 7219 if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) 7220 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); 7221 7222 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 7223 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 7224 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 7225 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 7226 NewVD->setType(T); 7227 } 7228 7229 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 7230 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 7231 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 7232 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 7233 if (!getLangOpts().OpenCL 7234 && NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 7235 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl) << 0; 7236 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7237 return; 7238 } 7239 7240 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 - The static qualifier is valid only in program 7241 // scope. 7242 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 120 && 7243 !getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_clang_storage_class_specifiers") && 7244 NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 7245 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 7246 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7247 return; 7248 } 7249 7250 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 7251 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The __block storage type is not supported. 7252 if (NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7253 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_block_storage_type); 7254 return; 7255 } 7256 7257 if (T->isBlockPointerType()) { 7258 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Any block declaration must be const qualified and 7259 // can't use 'extern' storage class. 7260 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 7261 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration) 7262 << 0 /*const*/; 7263 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7264 return; 7265 } 7266 if (NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 7267 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_extern_block_declaration); 7268 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7269 return; 7270 } 7271 } 7272 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the 7273 // __constant address space. 7274 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.5.1 - Variables defined at program scope and static 7275 // variables inside a function can also be declared in the global 7276 // address space. 7277 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl() || NewVD->isStaticLocal() || 7278 NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 7279 if (!T->isSamplerT() && 7280 !(T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 7281 (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global && 7282 getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200))) { 7283 int Scope = NewVD->isStaticLocal() | NewVD->hasExternalStorage() << 1; 7284 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200) 7285 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 7286 << Scope << "global or constant"; 7287 else 7288 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 7289 << Scope << "constant"; 7290 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7291 return; 7292 } 7293 } else { 7294 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global) { 7295 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 7296 << 1 /*is any function*/ << "global"; 7297 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7298 return; 7299 } 7300 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 7301 T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 7302 FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 7303 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3: no local or constant variables 7304 // in functions. 7305 if (FD && !FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 7306 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) 7307 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 7308 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "constant"; 7309 else 7310 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 7311 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "local"; 7312 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7313 return; 7314 } 7315 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3: local and constant variables must be 7316 // in the outermost scope of a kernel function. 7317 if (FD && FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 7318 if (!getCurScope()->isFunctionScope()) { 7319 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) 7320 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_addrspace_scope) 7321 << "constant"; 7322 else 7323 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_addrspace_scope) 7324 << "local"; 7325 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7326 return; 7327 } 7328 } 7329 } else if (T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default) { 7330 // Do not allow other address spaces on automatic variable. 7331 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl) << 1; 7332 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7333 return; 7334 } 7335 } 7336 } 7337 7338 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 7339 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7340 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 7341 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 7342 else { 7343 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 7344 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 7345 } 7346 } 7347 7348 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 7349 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 7350 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 7351 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 7352 7353 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 7354 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 7355 bool SizeIsNegative; 7356 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 7357 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 7358 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 7359 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 7360 if (!FixedTInfo && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 7361 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 7362 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 7363 // int a[10][n]; 7364 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 7365 7366 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 7367 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 7368 << SizeRange; 7369 else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal()) 7370 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 7371 << SizeRange; 7372 else 7373 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 7374 << SizeRange; 7375 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7376 return; 7377 } 7378 7379 if (!FixedTInfo) { 7380 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 7381 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 7382 else 7383 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 7384 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7385 return; 7386 } 7387 7388 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 7389 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType()); 7390 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 7391 } 7392 7393 if (T->isVoidType()) { 7394 // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names 7395 // of objects and functions. 7396 if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7397 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 7398 << T; 7399 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7400 return; 7401 } 7402 } 7403 7404 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7405 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 7406 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7407 return; 7408 } 7409 7410 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7411 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 7412 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7413 return; 7414 } 7415 7416 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 7417 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 7418 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 7419 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7420 return; 7421 } 7422 } 7423 7424 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 7425 /// declaration. 7426 /// 7427 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 7428 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 7429 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 7430 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 7431 /// that have been instantiated from a template. 7432 /// 7433 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 7434 /// 7435 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 7436 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) { 7437 CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD); 7438 7439 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 7440 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 7441 return false; 7442 7443 // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 7444 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 7445 if (Previous.empty() && 7446 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous)) 7447 Previous.setShadowed(); 7448 7449 if (!Previous.empty()) { 7450 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 7451 return true; 7452 } 7453 return false; 7454 } 7455 7456 namespace { 7457 struct FindOverriddenMethod { 7458 Sema *S; 7459 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 7460 7461 /// Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 7462 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 7463 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 7464 bool operator()(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) { 7465 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = 7466 Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7467 7468 DeclarationName Name = Method->getDeclName(); 7469 7470 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 7471 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7472 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 7473 QualType T = S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 7474 CanQualType CT = S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 7475 7476 Name = S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 7477 } 7478 7479 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); !Path.Decls.empty(); 7480 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 7481 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 7482 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 7483 if (MD->isVirtual() && !S->IsOverload(Method, MD, false)) 7484 return true; 7485 } 7486 } 7487 7488 return false; 7489 } 7490 }; 7491 7492 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 7493 } // end anonymous namespace 7494 7495 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 7496 /// overriden methods. 7497 /// 7498 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 7499 /// \param MD the overriding method. 7500 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 7501 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 7502 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 7503 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 7504 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 7505 E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); 7506 I != E; ++I) { 7507 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 7508 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 7509 // out the diag loop 3 times. 7510 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 7511 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) || 7512 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted())) 7513 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 7514 } 7515 } 7516 7517 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 7518 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 7519 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 7520 // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override. 7521 CXXBasePaths Paths; 7522 FindOverriddenMethod FOM; 7523 FOM.Method = MD; 7524 FOM.S = this; 7525 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 7526 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 7527 bool AddedAny = false; 7528 if (DC->lookupInBases(FOM, Paths)) { 7529 for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) { 7530 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) { 7531 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 7532 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 7533 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 7534 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 7535 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 7536 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 7537 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 7538 AddedAny = true; 7539 } 7540 } 7541 } 7542 } 7543 7544 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 7545 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 7546 } 7547 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 7548 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 7549 } 7550 7551 return AddedAny; 7552 } 7553 7554 namespace { 7555 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 7556 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 7557 struct ActOnFDArgs { 7558 Scope *S; 7559 Declarator &D; 7560 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 7561 bool AddToScope; 7562 }; 7563 } // end anonymous namespace 7564 7565 namespace { 7566 7567 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 7568 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 7569 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 7570 public: 7571 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 7572 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 7573 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 7574 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {} 7575 7576 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 7577 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 7578 return false; 7579 7580 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 7581 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 7582 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 7583 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 7584 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 7585 7586 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 7587 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7588 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 7589 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 7590 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 7591 return true; 7592 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 7593 return true; 7594 } 7595 } 7596 } 7597 7598 return false; 7599 } 7600 7601 private: 7602 ASTContext &Context; 7603 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 7604 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 7605 }; 7606 7607 } // end anonymous namespace 7608 7609 void Sema::MarkTypoCorrectedFunctionDefinition(const NamedDecl *F) { 7610 TypoCorrectedFunctionDefinitions.insert(F); 7611 } 7612 7613 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 7614 /// 7615 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 7616 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 7617 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 7618 /// the same name. 7619 /// 7620 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 7621 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 7622 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7623 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 7624 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) { 7625 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 7626 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 7627 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 7628 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 7629 TypoCorrection Correction; 7630 bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition(); 7631 unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 7632 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match; 7633 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 7634 IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName 7635 : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 7636 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 7637 7638 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7639 if (IsLocalFriend) 7640 SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S); 7641 else 7642 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 7643 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 7644 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 7645 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 7646 if (!Prev.empty()) { 7647 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 7648 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 7649 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 7650 if (FD && 7651 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7652 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 7653 // involve a parameter 7654 unsigned ParamNum = 7655 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 7656 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 7657 } 7658 } 7659 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 7660 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo( 7661 Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S, 7662 &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 7663 llvm::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>( 7664 SemaRef.Context, NewFD, MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr), 7665 Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) { 7666 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 7667 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 7668 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7669 Previous.clear(); 7670 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 7671 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 7672 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 7673 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 7674 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 7675 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 7676 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7677 Previous.addDecl(FD); 7678 } 7679 } 7680 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 7681 7682 NamedDecl *Result; 7683 // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous 7684 // declarations, and with errors suppressed. 7685 { 7686 // Trap errors. 7687 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 7688 7689 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 7690 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully 7691 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 7692 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 7693 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 7694 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 7695 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 7696 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 7697 7698 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) 7699 Result = nullptr; 7700 } 7701 7702 if (Result) { 7703 // Determine which correction we picked. 7704 Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl(); 7705 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 7706 I != E; ++I) 7707 if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical) 7708 Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I); 7709 7710 // Let Sema know about the correction. 7711 SemaRef.MarkTypoCorrectedFunctionDefinition(Result); 7712 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo( 7713 Correction, 7714 SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend 7715 ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 7716 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest) 7717 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition); 7718 return Result; 7719 } 7720 7721 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 7722 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 7723 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7724 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 7725 Previous.clear(); 7726 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 7727 } 7728 7729 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 7730 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation(); 7731 7732 bool NewFDisConst = false; 7733 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 7734 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 7735 7736 for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator 7737 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 7738 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 7739 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 7740 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 7741 bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst(); 7742 bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend; 7743 7744 // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case. 7745 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 7746 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 7747 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 7748 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 7749 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match 7750 : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match) 7751 << Idx << FDParam->getType() 7752 << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType(); 7753 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 7754 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 7755 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 7756 } else 7757 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), 7758 IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match 7759 : diag::note_local_decl_close_match); 7760 } 7761 return nullptr; 7762 } 7763 7764 static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) { 7765 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 7766 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 7767 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 7768 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 7769 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 7770 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7771 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 7772 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 7773 D.setInvalidType(); 7774 break; 7775 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 7776 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 7777 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec()) 7778 return SC_None; 7779 return SC_Extern; 7780 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 7781 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 7782 // C99 6.7.1p5: 7783 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 7784 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 7785 // other than extern 7786 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 7787 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7788 diag::err_static_block_func); 7789 break; 7790 } else 7791 return SC_Static; 7792 } 7793 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 7794 } 7795 7796 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 7797 return SC_None; 7798 } 7799 7800 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 7801 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 7802 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 7803 StorageClass SC, 7804 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 7805 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 7806 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 7807 7808 FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr; 7809 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 7810 7811 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7812 // Determine whether the function was written with a 7813 // prototype. This true when: 7814 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 7815 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other non- 7816 // attributed reference to a type name (which eventually refers to a 7817 // function type). 7818 bool HasPrototype = 7819 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 7820 (!R->getAsAdjusted<FunctionType>() && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 7821 7822 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7823 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 7824 TInfo, SC, isInline, 7825 HasPrototype, false); 7826 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7827 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7828 7829 return NewFD; 7830 } 7831 7832 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 7833 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 7834 7835 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 7836 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 7837 // the class has been completely parsed. 7838 if (!DC->isRecord() && 7839 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType( 7840 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(), 7841 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 7842 D.setInvalidType(); 7843 7844 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 7845 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 7846 assert(DC->isRecord() && 7847 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 7848 7849 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7850 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7851 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 7852 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 7853 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 7854 isConstexpr); 7855 7856 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7857 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 7858 if (DC->isRecord()) { 7859 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7860 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 7861 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 7862 SemaRef.Context, Record, 7863 D.getLocStart(), 7864 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 7865 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 7866 7867 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 7868 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 7869 // it yet. 7870 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() && 7871 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 7872 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 7873 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 7874 } 7875 7876 IsVirtualOkay = true; 7877 return NewDD; 7878 7879 } else { 7880 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 7881 D.setInvalidType(); 7882 7883 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 7884 // code path. 7885 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7886 D.getLocStart(), 7887 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 7888 SC, isInline, 7889 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 7890 } 7891 7892 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 7893 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 7894 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7895 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 7896 return nullptr; 7897 } 7898 7899 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7900 IsVirtualOkay = true; 7901 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7902 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 7903 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 7904 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 7905 7906 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDeductionGuideName) { 7907 SemaRef.CheckDeductionGuideDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7908 7909 return CXXDeductionGuideDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 7910 isExplicit, NameInfo, R, TInfo, 7911 D.getLocEnd()); 7912 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 7913 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 7914 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 7915 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 7916 // constructor if it has no return type). 7917 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 7918 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 7919 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 7920 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 7921 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7922 return nullptr; 7923 } 7924 7925 // This is a C++ method declaration. 7926 CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, 7927 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7928 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 7929 TInfo, SC, isInline, 7930 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 7931 IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic(); 7932 return Ret; 7933 } else { 7934 bool isFriend = 7935 SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 7936 if (!isFriend && SemaRef.CurContext->isRecord()) 7937 return nullptr; 7938 7939 // Determine whether the function was written with a 7940 // prototype. This true when: 7941 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 7942 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7943 D.getLocStart(), 7944 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline, 7945 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 7946 } 7947 } 7948 7949 enum OpenCLParamType { 7950 ValidKernelParam, 7951 PtrPtrKernelParam, 7952 PtrKernelParam, 7953 InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam, 7954 InvalidKernelParam, 7955 RecordKernelParam 7956 }; 7957 7958 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(Sema &S, QualType PT) { 7959 if (PT->isPointerType()) { 7960 QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType(); 7961 if (PointeeType->isPointerType()) 7962 return PtrPtrKernelParam; 7963 if (PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_generic || 7964 PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0) 7965 return InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam; 7966 return PtrKernelParam; 7967 } 7968 7969 // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can 7970 // be used as builtin types. 7971 7972 if (PT->isImageType()) 7973 return PtrKernelParam; 7974 7975 if (PT->isBooleanType() || PT->isEventT() || PT->isReserveIDT()) 7976 return InvalidKernelParam; 7977 7978 // OpenCL extension spec v1.2 s9.5: 7979 // This extension adds support for half scalar and vector types as built-in 7980 // types that can be used for arithmetic operations, conversions etc. 7981 if (!S.getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_khr_fp16") && PT->isHalfType()) 7982 return InvalidKernelParam; 7983 7984 if (PT->isRecordType()) 7985 return RecordKernelParam; 7986 7987 return ValidKernelParam; 7988 } 7989 7990 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter( 7991 Sema &S, 7992 Declarator &D, 7993 ParmVarDecl *Param, 7994 llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) { 7995 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 7996 7997 // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are 7998 // used again 7999 if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr())) 8000 return; 8001 8002 switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, PT)) { 8003 case PtrPtrKernelParam: 8004 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 8005 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 8006 // pointer to a pointer type. 8007 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param); 8008 D.setInvalidType(); 8009 return; 8010 8011 case InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam: 8012 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.5: 8013 // __kernel function arguments declared to be a pointer of a type can point 8014 // to one of the following address spaces only : __global, __local or 8015 // __constant. 8016 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_kernel_arg_address_space); 8017 D.setInvalidType(); 8018 return; 8019 8020 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: 8021 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the 8022 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and 8023 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be 8024 // one of these built-in scalar types. 8025 8026 case InvalidKernelParam: 8027 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 8028 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 8029 // of event_t type. 8030 // Do not diagnose half type since it is diagnosed as invalid argument 8031 // type for any function elsewhere. 8032 if (!PT->isHalfType()) 8033 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 8034 D.setInvalidType(); 8035 return; 8036 8037 case PtrKernelParam: 8038 case ValidKernelParam: 8039 ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr()); 8040 return; 8041 8042 case RecordKernelParam: 8043 break; 8044 } 8045 8046 // Track nested structs we will inspect 8047 SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack; 8048 8049 // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from 8050 // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field. 8051 SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack; 8052 HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr); 8053 8054 const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 8055 VisitStack.push_back(PD); 8056 8057 assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?"); 8058 8059 do { 8060 const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val(); 8061 if (!Next) { 8062 assert(!HistoryStack.empty()); 8063 // Found a marker, we have gone up a level 8064 if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val()) 8065 ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr()); 8066 8067 continue; 8068 } 8069 8070 // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a 8071 // field itself) to the history stack. 8072 const RecordDecl *RD; 8073 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) { 8074 HistoryStack.push_back(Field); 8075 RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 8076 } else { 8077 RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next); 8078 } 8079 8080 // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level 8081 VisitStack.push_back(nullptr); 8082 8083 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 8084 QualType QT = FD->getType(); 8085 8086 if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr())) 8087 continue; 8088 8089 OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, QT); 8090 if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam) 8091 continue; 8092 8093 if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) { 8094 VisitStack.push_back(FD); 8095 continue; 8096 } 8097 8098 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p: 8099 // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union 8100 // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or 8101 // union. 8102 if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam || 8103 ParamType == InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam) { 8104 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), 8105 diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param) 8106 << PT->isUnionType() 8107 << PT; 8108 } else { 8109 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 8110 } 8111 8112 S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 8113 << PD->getDeclName(); 8114 8115 // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where 8116 // the offending field came from 8117 for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator 8118 I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1, 8119 E = HistoryStack.end(); 8120 I != E; ++I) { 8121 const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I; 8122 S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 8123 << OuterField->getType(); 8124 } 8125 8126 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here) 8127 << QT->isPointerType() 8128 << QT; 8129 D.setInvalidType(); 8130 return; 8131 } 8132 } while (!VisitStack.empty()); 8133 } 8134 8135 /// Find the DeclContext in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an 8136 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds 8137 /// nothing. 8138 static DeclContext *getTagInjectionContext(DeclContext *DC) { 8139 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 8140 DC = DC->getParent(); 8141 return DC; 8142 } 8143 8144 /// Find the Scope in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an 8145 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds 8146 /// nothing. 8147 static Scope *getTagInjectionScope(Scope *S, const LangOptions &LangOpts) { 8148 while (S->isClassScope() || 8149 (LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 8150 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 8151 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 8152 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())) 8153 S = S->getParent(); 8154 return S; 8155 } 8156 8157 NamedDecl* 8158 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 8159 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 8160 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 8161 bool &AddToScope) { 8162 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 8163 8164 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 8165 8166 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 8167 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 8168 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 8169 StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 8170 8171 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 8172 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 8173 diag::err_invalid_thread) 8174 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 8175 8176 if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember()) 8177 adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember(), D.isCtorOrDtor(), 8178 D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8179 8180 bool isFriend = false; 8181 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr; 8182 bool isMemberSpecialization = false; 8183 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 8184 8185 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 8186 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 8187 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 8188 8189 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 8190 8191 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 8192 bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 8193 8194 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 8195 isVirtualOkay); 8196 if (!NewFD) return nullptr; 8197 8198 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 8199 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 8200 8201 // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a 8202 // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical 8203 // context will be different from the semantic context. 8204 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 8205 8206 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 8207 NewFD->setLocalExternDecl(); 8208 8209 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8210 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 8211 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 8212 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 8213 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 8214 bool isConcept = D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified(); 8215 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 8216 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8217 // C++ [class.friend]p5 8218 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 8219 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 8220 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 8221 } 8222 8223 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 8224 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 8225 // return true). 8226 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 8227 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 8228 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 8229 NewFD->setPure(true); 8230 8231 // C++ [class.union]p2 8232 // A union can have member functions, but not virtual functions. 8233 if (isVirtual && Parent->isUnion()) 8234 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_in_union); 8235 } 8236 8237 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 8238 isMemberSpecialization = false; 8239 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 8240 if (D.isInvalidType()) 8241 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8242 8243 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 8244 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 8245 bool Invalid = false; 8246 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 8247 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 8248 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 8249 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 8250 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 8251 ? D.getName().TemplateId 8252 : nullptr, 8253 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isMemberSpecialization, 8254 Invalid)) { 8255 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 8256 // This is a function template 8257 8258 // Check that we can declare a template here. 8259 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 8260 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8261 8262 // A destructor cannot be a template. 8263 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 8264 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 8265 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8266 } 8267 8268 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 8269 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 8270 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 8271 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 8272 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 8273 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 8274 Invalid = true; 8275 } 8276 8277 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 8278 NewFD->getLocation(), 8279 Name, TemplateParams, 8280 NewFD); 8281 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 8282 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 8283 8284 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 8285 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 8286 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 8287 TemplateParamLists.drop_back(1)); 8288 } 8289 } else { 8290 // This is a function template specialization. 8291 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 8292 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 8293 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 8294 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 8295 8296 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 8297 if (isFriend) { 8298 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 8299 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 8300 8301 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 8302 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 8303 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 8304 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 8305 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 8306 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 8307 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 8308 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 8309 InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 8310 } 8311 8312 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 8313 << Name << RemoveRange 8314 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 8315 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 8316 } 8317 } 8318 } 8319 else { 8320 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 8321 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 8322 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 8323 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 8324 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 8325 } 8326 8327 if (Invalid) { 8328 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8329 if (FunctionTemplate) 8330 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 8331 } 8332 8333 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 8334 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 8335 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 8336 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 8337 // 8338 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8339 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 8340 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 8341 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 8342 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 8343 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 8344 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 8345 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 8346 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 8347 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8348 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 8349 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 8350 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 8351 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 8352 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 8353 } else { 8354 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 8355 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 8356 } 8357 8358 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 8359 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 8360 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual); 8361 } 8362 8363 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 8364 (NewFD->isDependentContext() || 8365 (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) && 8366 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 8367 // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a 8368 // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type. 8369 // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane 8370 // thing to do. 8371 // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being 8372 // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work. 8373 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 8374 NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 8375 QualType Result = 8376 SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy); 8377 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(), 8378 FPT->getExtProtoInfo())); 8379 } 8380 8381 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 8382 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 8383 // declaration. 8384 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8385 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 8386 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 8387 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 8388 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 8389 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 8390 } 8391 } 8392 8393 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 8394 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 8395 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 8396 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 8397 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8398 !isa<CXXDeductionGuideDecl>(NewFD)) { 8399 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 8400 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 8401 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 8402 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 8403 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 8404 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 8405 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 8406 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 8407 // or conversion function. 8408 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 8409 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 8410 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 8411 } 8412 } 8413 8414 if (isConstexpr) { 8415 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 8416 // are implicitly inline. 8417 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 8418 8419 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 8420 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 8421 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 8422 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 8423 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 8424 } 8425 8426 if (isConcept) { 8427 // This is a function concept. 8428 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 8429 FTD->setConcept(); 8430 8431 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 8432 // applied only to the definition of a function template [...] 8433 if (!D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8434 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 8435 diag::err_function_concept_not_defined); 8436 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8437 } 8438 8439 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...] A function concept shall 8440 // have no exception-specification and is treated as if it were specified 8441 // with noexcept(true) (15.4). [...] 8442 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 8443 if (FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) { 8444 SourceRange Range; 8445 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) 8446 Range = D.getFunctionTypeInfo().getExceptionSpecRange(); 8447 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_concept_exception_spec) 8448 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Range); 8449 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8450 } else { 8451 Context.adjustExceptionSpec(NewFD, EST_BasicNoexcept); 8452 } 8453 8454 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p5: A function concept has the 8455 // following restrictions: 8456 // - The declared return type shall have the type bool. 8457 if (!Context.hasSameType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.BoolTy)) { 8458 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_concept_bool_ret); 8459 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8460 } 8461 8462 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p5: A function concept has the 8463 // following restrictions: 8464 // - The declaration's parameter list shall be equivalent to an empty 8465 // parameter list. 8466 if (FPT->getNumParams() > 0 || FPT->isVariadic()) 8467 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_concept_with_params); 8468 } 8469 8470 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: Every concept definition is 8471 // implicity defined to be a constexpr declaration (implicitly inline) 8472 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 8473 8474 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not 8475 // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr 8476 // specifiers, [...] 8477 if (isInline) { 8478 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 8479 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 8480 << 1 << 1; 8481 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8482 } 8483 8484 if (isFriend) { 8485 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getFriendSpecLoc(), 8486 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 8487 << 1 << 2; 8488 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8489 } 8490 8491 if (isConstexpr) { 8492 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 8493 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 8494 << 1 << 3; 8495 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8496 } 8497 8498 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 8499 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 8500 // template, declared in namespace scope. 8501 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8502 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 8503 diag::err_concept_specified_specialization) << 1; 8504 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8505 return NewFD; 8506 } 8507 } 8508 8509 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 8510 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 8511 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8512 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 8513 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 8514 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 8515 << 0 8516 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 8517 } else { 8518 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 8519 if (FunctionTemplate) 8520 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 8521 } 8522 } 8523 8524 if (isFriend) { 8525 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8526 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 8527 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 8528 } 8529 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 8530 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 8531 } 8532 8533 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 8534 // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function 8535 // definition kind to FDK_Definition. 8536 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 8537 case FDK_Declaration: 8538 case FDK_Definition: 8539 break; 8540 8541 case FDK_Defaulted: 8542 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 8543 break; 8544 8545 case FDK_Deleted: 8546 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 8547 break; 8548 } 8549 8550 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 8551 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8552 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 8553 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 8554 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 8555 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 8556 } 8557 8558 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 8559 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 8560 // C++ [class.static]p1: 8561 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 8562 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 8563 // the class. 8564 8565 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 8566 // member function definition. 8567 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 8568 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 8569 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8570 } 8571 8572 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 8573 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 8574 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 8575 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 8576 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 8577 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 8578 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) 8579 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType( 8580 FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(), 8581 FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept))); 8582 } 8583 8584 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 8585 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD), 8586 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 8587 isMemberSpecialization || 8588 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 8589 8590 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 8591 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 8592 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 8593 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 8594 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 8595 SE->getString(), 0)); 8596 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 8597 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 8598 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 8599 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 8600 if (isDeclExternC(NewFD)) { 8601 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 8602 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 8603 } else 8604 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 8605 << /*Variable*/0 << NewFD; 8606 } 8607 } 8608 8609 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 8610 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 8611 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 8612 unsigned FTIIdx; 8613 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator(FTIIdx)) { 8614 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getTypeObject(FTIIdx).Fun; 8615 8616 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 8617 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 8618 // single void argument. 8619 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 8620 // already checks for that case. 8621 if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) { 8622 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) { 8623 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param); 8624 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 8625 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 8626 Params.push_back(Param); 8627 8628 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 8629 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8630 } 8631 } 8632 8633 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8634 // In C, find all the tag declarations from the prototype and move them 8635 // into the function DeclContext. Remove them from the surrounding tag 8636 // injection context of the function, which is typically but not always 8637 // the TU. 8638 DeclContext *PrototypeTagContext = 8639 getTagInjectionContext(NewFD->getLexicalDeclContext()); 8640 for (NamedDecl *NonParmDecl : FTI.getDeclsInPrototype()) { 8641 auto *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(NonParmDecl); 8642 8643 // We don't want to reparent enumerators. Look at their parent enum 8644 // instead. 8645 if (!TD) { 8646 if (auto *ECD = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(NonParmDecl)) 8647 TD = cast<EnumDecl>(ECD->getDeclContext()); 8648 } 8649 if (!TD) 8650 continue; 8651 DeclContext *TagDC = TD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 8652 if (!TagDC->containsDecl(TD)) 8653 continue; 8654 TagDC->removeDecl(TD); 8655 TD->setDeclContext(NewFD); 8656 NewFD->addDecl(TD); 8657 8658 // Preserve the lexical DeclContext if it is not the surrounding tag 8659 // injection context of the FD. In this example, the semantic context of 8660 // E will be f and the lexical context will be S, while both the 8661 // semantic and lexical contexts of S will be f: 8662 // void f(struct S { enum E { a } f; } s); 8663 if (TagDC != PrototypeTagContext) 8664 TD->setLexicalDeclContext(TagDC); 8665 } 8666 } 8667 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 8668 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 8669 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 8670 // parameters for use in the declaration. 8671 // 8672 // @code 8673 // typedef void fn(int); 8674 // fn f; 8675 // @endcode 8676 8677 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 8678 for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) { 8679 ParmVarDecl *Param = 8680 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI); 8681 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 8682 Params.push_back(Param); 8683 } 8684 } else { 8685 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 8686 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 8687 } 8688 8689 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 8690 NewFD->setParams(Params); 8691 8692 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 8693 NewFD->addAttr( 8694 ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 8695 Context, 0)); 8696 8697 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 8698 // because all functions have linkage. 8699 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8700 NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 8701 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 8702 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8703 } 8704 8705 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if '#pragma clang section text' is active 8706 if (PragmaClangTextSection.Valid && D.isFunctionDefinition() && 8707 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 8708 NewFD->addAttr(PragmaClangTextSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 8709 PragmaClangTextSection.SectionName, 8710 PragmaClangTextSection.PragmaLocation)); 8711 } 8712 8713 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if #pragma code_seg is active. 8714 if (CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && D.isFunctionDefinition() && 8715 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 8716 NewFD->addAttr( 8717 SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 8718 CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 8719 CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation)); 8720 if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 8721 ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute | 8722 ASTContext::PSF_Read, 8723 NewFD)) 8724 NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 8725 } 8726 8727 // Handle attributes. 8728 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D); 8729 8730 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 8731 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return 8732 // type declaration will generate a compilation error. 8733 unsigned AddressSpace = NewFD->getReturnType().getAddressSpace(); 8734 if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local || 8735 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global || 8736 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) { 8737 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8738 diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space); 8739 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8740 } 8741 } 8742 8743 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8744 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 8745 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 8746 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 8747 8748 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 8749 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 8750 8751 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8752 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 8753 isMemberSpecialization)); 8754 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8755 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 8756 D.setRedeclaration(true); 8757 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 8758 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 8759 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 8760 8761 // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that 8762 // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging 8763 // possibly prototyped redeclarations. 8764 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8765 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8766 CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC(); 8767 if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) { 8768 // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without 8769 // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning. 8770 int DiagID = 8771 CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr; 8772 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID) 8773 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC); 8774 } 8775 } 8776 } else { 8777 // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3: 8778 // The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline. 8779 // 8780 // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340. 8781 // 8782 // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since 8783 // that forces an external definition to be emitted. 8784 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() && 8785 NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() && 8786 !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 8787 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 8788 diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline) 8789 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 8790 8791 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 8792 // argument list into our AST format. 8793 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 8794 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 8795 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 8796 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 8797 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 8798 TemplateId->NumArgs); 8799 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 8800 TemplateArgs); 8801 8802 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 8803 8804 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8805 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 8806 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 8807 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 8808 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 8809 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 8810 8811 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 8812 } else { 8813 assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization || 8814 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) && 8815 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 8816 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 8817 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 8818 } 8819 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8820 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 8821 // wrote something like: 8822 // template <> friend void foo(int); 8823 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 8824 // friend void foo<>(int); 8825 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 8826 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 8827 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8828 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8829 } 8830 8831 // We do not add HD attributes to specializations here because 8832 // they may have different constexpr-ness compared to their 8833 // templates and, after maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs() is applied, 8834 // may end up with different effective targets. Instead, a 8835 // specialization inherits its target attributes from its template 8836 // in the CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization() call below. 8837 if (getLangOpts().CUDA & !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) 8838 maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs(NewFD, Previous); 8839 8840 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 8841 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 8842 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 8843 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 8844 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 8845 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 8846 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 8847 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 8848 TemplateArgs, 8849 InstantiationDependent))) { 8850 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 8851 "friend function specialization without template args"); 8852 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 8853 Previous)) 8854 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8855 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8856 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 8857 && !isFriend) { 8858 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 8859 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 8860 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 8861 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 8862 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 8863 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 8864 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs 8865 : nullptr), 8866 Previous)) 8867 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8868 8869 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 8870 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 8871 // specialization (14.7.3) 8872 FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info = 8873 NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo(); 8874 if (Info && SC != SC_None) { 8875 if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass()) 8876 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8877 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 8878 << SC 8879 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 8880 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8881 8882 else 8883 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8884 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 8885 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 8886 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8887 } 8888 } else if (isMemberSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 8889 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 8890 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8891 } 8892 8893 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 8894 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 8895 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 8896 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 8897 8898 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 8899 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 8900 8901 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8902 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 8903 isMemberSpecialization)); 8904 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8905 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 8906 D.setRedeclaration(true); 8907 } 8908 8909 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 8910 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 8911 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 8912 8913 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 8914 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 8915 : NewFD); 8916 8917 if (isFriend && NewFD->getPreviousDecl()) { 8918 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 8919 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8920 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 8921 8922 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 8923 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 8924 } 8925 8926 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 8927 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 8928 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 8929 8930 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 8931 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 8932 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8933 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 8934 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 8935 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 8936 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 8937 : nullptr, 8938 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 8939 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 8940 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 8941 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 8942 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 8943 DC && DC->isRecord() && 8944 DC->isDependentContext()) 8945 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 8946 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 8947 } 8948 8949 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8950 // Ignore all the rest of this. 8951 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 8952 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 8953 AddToScope }; 8954 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 8955 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 8956 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 8957 8958 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 8959 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 8960 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 8961 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 8962 8963 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 8964 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 8965 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 8966 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 8967 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 8968 // can actually do this check immediately. 8969 if (isFriend && 8970 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 8971 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 8972 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 8973 // ignore these 8974 } else { 8975 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 8976 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 8977 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 8978 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 8979 // 8980 // class X { 8981 // void f() const; 8982 // }; 8983 // 8984 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 8985 // 8986 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 8987 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 8988 // whether the parameter types are references). 8989 8990 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 8991 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) { 8992 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 8993 return Result; 8994 } 8995 } 8996 8997 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 8998 // to something. 8999 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 9000 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 9001 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) { 9002 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 9003 return Result; 9004 } 9005 } 9006 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && 9007 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() && 9008 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 9009 !isMemberSpecialization) { 9010 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 9011 // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2). 9012 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 9013 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 9014 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 9015 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 9016 // generate them. 9017 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 9018 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 9019 } 9020 } 9021 9022 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); 9023 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 9024 9025 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 9026 9027 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 9028 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 9029 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 9030 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 9031 << NewFD; 9032 9033 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 9034 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 9035 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI( 9036 Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false)); 9037 EPI.Variadic = true; 9038 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 9039 9040 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI); 9041 NewFD->setType(R); 9042 } 9043 9044 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 9045 // member, set the visibility of this function. 9046 if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible()) 9047 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 9048 9049 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 9050 // marking the function. 9051 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 9052 9053 // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to 9054 // a pragma. 9055 if(D.isFunctionDefinition()) 9056 AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD); 9057 9058 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 9059 // the map of such variables. 9060 if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 9061 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD)) 9062 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S); 9063 9064 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 9065 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 9066 9067 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 9068 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 9069 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD, 9070 isMemberSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization, 9071 D.isFunctionDefinition()); 9072 } 9073 9074 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 9075 IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier(); 9076 if (II && II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall") && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 9077 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 9078 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType()) 9079 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 9080 9081 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 9082 } 9083 9084 // Variadic functions, other than a *declaration* of printf, are not allowed 9085 // in device-side CUDA code, unless someone passed 9086 // -fcuda-allow-variadic-functions. 9087 if (!getLangOpts().CUDAAllowVariadicFunctions && NewFD->isVariadic() && 9088 (NewFD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || 9089 NewFD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) && 9090 !(II && II->isStr("printf") && NewFD->isExternC() && 9091 !D.isFunctionDefinition())) { 9092 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_variadic_device_fn); 9093 } 9094 } 9095 9096 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 9097 9098 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9099 if (FunctionTemplate) { 9100 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 9101 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 9102 return FunctionTemplate; 9103 } 9104 9105 if (isMemberSpecialization && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 9106 CompleteMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous); 9107 } 9108 9109 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 9110 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 9111 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 9112 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 9113 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 9114 D.setInvalidType(); 9115 } 9116 9117 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. 9118 if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) { 9119 SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 9120 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type) 9121 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void") 9122 : FixItHint()); 9123 D.setInvalidType(); 9124 } 9125 9126 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes; 9127 for (auto Param : NewFD->parameters()) 9128 checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes); 9129 } 9130 for (const ParmVarDecl *Param : NewFD->parameters()) { 9131 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 9132 9133 // OpenCL 2.0 pipe restrictions forbids pipe packet types to be non-value 9134 // types. 9135 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 200) { 9136 if(const PipeType *PipeTy = PT->getAs<PipeType>()) { 9137 QualType ElemTy = PipeTy->getElementType(); 9138 if (ElemTy->isReferenceType() || ElemTy->isPointerType()) { 9139 Diag(Param->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_reference_pipe_type ); 9140 D.setInvalidType(); 9141 } 9142 } 9143 } 9144 } 9145 9146 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 9147 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 9148 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 9149 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 9150 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 9151 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 9152 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 9153 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 9154 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 9155 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 9156 AddToScope = false; 9157 } 9158 9159 return NewFD; 9160 } 9161 9162 /// \brief Checks if the new declaration declared in dependent context must be 9163 /// put in the same redeclaration chain as the specified declaration. 9164 /// 9165 /// \param D Declaration that is checked. 9166 /// \param PrevDecl Previous declaration found with proper lookup method for the 9167 /// same declaration name. 9168 /// \returns True if D must be added to the redeclaration chain which PrevDecl 9169 /// belongs to. 9170 /// 9171 bool Sema::shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(Decl *D, Decl *PrevDecl) { 9172 // Any declarations should be put into redeclaration chains except for 9173 // friend declaration in a dependent context that names a function in 9174 // namespace scope. 9175 // 9176 // This allows to compile code like: 9177 // 9178 // void func(); 9179 // template<typename T> class C1 { friend void func() { } }; 9180 // template<typename T> class C2 { friend void func() { } }; 9181 // 9182 // This code snippet is a valid code unless both templates are instantiated. 9183 return !(D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 9184 D->getDeclContext()->isFileContext() && 9185 D->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None); 9186 } 9187 9188 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 9189 /// 9190 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 9191 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 9192 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 9193 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 9194 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 9195 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 9196 /// via InstantiateDecl). 9197 /// 9198 /// \param IsMemberSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 9199 /// a member specialization (that replaces any definition provided by the 9200 /// previous declaration). 9201 /// 9202 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 9203 /// 9204 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 9205 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 9206 LookupResult &Previous, 9207 bool IsMemberSpecialization) { 9208 assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && 9209 "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 9210 9211 // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with 9212 // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++, 9213 // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible. 9214 bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 9215 !Previous.isShadowed(); 9216 9217 bool Redeclaration = false; 9218 NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr; 9219 bool MayNeedOverloadableChecks = false; 9220 9221 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 9222 // the same name, if appropriate. 9223 if (!Previous.empty()) { 9224 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 9225 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 9226 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 9227 // function to the scope. 9228 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context, NewFD)) { 9229 NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 9230 if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) { 9231 Redeclaration = true; 9232 OldDecl = Candidate; 9233 } 9234 } else { 9235 MayNeedOverloadableChecks = true; 9236 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 9237 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 9238 case Ovl_Match: 9239 Redeclaration = true; 9240 break; 9241 9242 case Ovl_NonFunction: 9243 Redeclaration = true; 9244 break; 9245 9246 case Ovl_Overload: 9247 Redeclaration = false; 9248 break; 9249 } 9250 } 9251 } 9252 9253 // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name. 9254 if (!Redeclaration && 9255 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) { 9256 if (!Previous.empty()) { 9257 // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous 9258 // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity... 9259 Redeclaration = true; 9260 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 9261 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 9262 9263 // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)). 9264 if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() || 9265 NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 9266 if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) { 9267 MayNeedOverloadableChecks = true; 9268 Redeclaration = false; 9269 OldDecl = nullptr; 9270 } 9271 } 9272 } 9273 } 9274 9275 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 9276 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 9277 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 9278 // 9279 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 9280 // definition of a static member function. 9281 // 9282 // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards 9283 // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11. 9284 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 9285 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() && 9286 !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 9287 (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 9288 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr; 9289 if (OldDecl) 9290 OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction()); 9291 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 9292 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 9293 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 9294 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 9295 EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const; 9296 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(), 9297 FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI)); 9298 9299 // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation. 9300 // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined. 9301 if (!inTemplateInstantiation()) { 9302 SourceLocation AddConstLoc; 9303 if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc() 9304 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>()) 9305 AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc()); 9306 9307 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const) 9308 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const"); 9309 } 9310 } 9311 } 9312 9313 if (Redeclaration) { 9314 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 9315 // merged. 9316 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) { 9317 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9318 return Redeclaration; 9319 } 9320 9321 Previous.clear(); 9322 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 9323 9324 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 9325 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 9326 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 9327 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 9328 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 9329 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 9330 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 9331 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 9332 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 9333 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 9334 } 9335 9336 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 9337 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 9338 if (IsMemberSpecialization && 9339 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 9340 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 9341 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 9342 // Explicit specializations of a member template do not inherit deleted 9343 // status from the parent member template that they are specializing. 9344 if (OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()->isDeleted()) { 9345 FunctionDecl *const OldTemplatedDecl = 9346 OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl(); 9347 // FIXME: This assert will not hold in the presence of modules. 9348 assert(OldTemplatedDecl->getCanonicalDecl() == OldTemplatedDecl); 9349 // FIXME: We need an update record for this AST mutation. 9350 OldTemplatedDecl->setDeletedAsWritten(false); 9351 } 9352 } 9353 9354 } else { 9355 if (shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(NewFD, OldDecl)) { 9356 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 9357 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 9358 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 9359 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 9360 } 9361 } 9362 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && MayNeedOverloadableChecks && 9363 !NewFD->getAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 9364 assert((Previous.empty() || 9365 llvm::any_of(Previous, 9366 [](const NamedDecl *ND) { 9367 return ND->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>(); 9368 })) && 9369 "Non-redecls shouldn't happen without overloadable present"); 9370 9371 auto OtherUnmarkedIter = llvm::find_if(Previous, [](const NamedDecl *ND) { 9372 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND); 9373 return FD && !FD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>(); 9374 }); 9375 9376 if (OtherUnmarkedIter != Previous.end()) { 9377 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 9378 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_multiple_unmarked_overloads); 9379 Diag((*OtherUnmarkedIter)->getLocation(), 9380 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload) 9381 << false; 9382 9383 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 9384 } 9385 } 9386 9387 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 9388 9389 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9390 // C++-specific checks. 9391 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 9392 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 9393 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 9394 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 9395 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 9396 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 9397 9398 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 9399 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 9400 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 9401 DeclarationName Name 9402 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 9403 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 9404 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 9405 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 9406 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9407 return Redeclaration; 9408 } 9409 } 9410 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 9411 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 9412 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 9413 } else if (auto *Guide = dyn_cast<CXXDeductionGuideDecl>(NewFD)) { 9414 if (auto *TD = Guide->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 9415 CheckDeductionGuideTemplate(TD); 9416 9417 // A deduction guide is not on the list of entities that can be 9418 // explicitly specialized. 9419 if (Guide->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization) 9420 Diag(Guide->getLocStart(), diag::err_deduction_guide_specialized) 9421 << /*explicit specialization*/ 1; 9422 } 9423 9424 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 9425 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 9426 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 9427 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 9428 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 9429 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 9430 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 9431 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 9432 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 9433 } 9434 } 9435 } 9436 9437 if (Method->isStatic()) 9438 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 9439 } 9440 9441 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 9442 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 9443 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 9444 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9445 return Redeclaration; 9446 } 9447 9448 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 9449 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 9450 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 9451 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9452 return Redeclaration; 9453 } 9454 9455 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 9456 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 9457 // during delayed parsing anyway. 9458 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 9459 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 9460 9461 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 9462 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 9463 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 9464 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 9465 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 9466 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 9467 // If the type of the builtin differs only in its exception 9468 // specification, that's OK. 9469 // FIXME: If the types do differ in this way, it would be better to 9470 // retain the 'noexcept' form of the type. 9471 if (!T.isNull() && 9472 !Context.hasSameFunctionTypeIgnoringExceptionSpec(T, 9473 NewFD->getType())) 9474 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 9475 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 9476 Context.BuiltinInfo.forgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 9477 } 9478 9479 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 9480 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 9481 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 9482 // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only. 9483 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 9484 QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType(); 9485 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 9486 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 9487 << NewFD << R; 9488 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 9489 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 9490 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 9491 } 9492 9493 // C++1z [dcl.fct]p6: 9494 // [...] whether the function has a non-throwing exception-specification 9495 // [is] part of the function type 9496 // 9497 // This results in an ABI break between C++14 and C++17 for functions whose 9498 // declared type includes an exception-specification in a parameter or 9499 // return type. (Exception specifications on the function itself are OK in 9500 // most cases, and exception specifications are not permitted in most other 9501 // contexts where they could make it into a mangling.) 9502 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z && !NewFD->getPrimaryTemplate()) { 9503 auto HasNoexcept = [&](QualType T) -> bool { 9504 // Strip off declarator chunks that could be between us and a function 9505 // type. We don't need to look far, exception specifications are very 9506 // restricted prior to C++17. 9507 if (auto *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) 9508 T = RT->getPointeeType(); 9509 else if (T->isAnyPointerType()) 9510 T = T->getPointeeType(); 9511 else if (auto *MPT = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) 9512 T = MPT->getPointeeType(); 9513 if (auto *FPT = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 9514 if (FPT->isNothrow(Context)) 9515 return true; 9516 return false; 9517 }; 9518 9519 auto *FPT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 9520 bool AnyNoexcept = HasNoexcept(FPT->getReturnType()); 9521 for (QualType T : FPT->param_types()) 9522 AnyNoexcept |= HasNoexcept(T); 9523 if (AnyNoexcept) 9524 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 9525 diag::warn_cxx1z_compat_exception_spec_in_signature) 9526 << NewFD; 9527 } 9528 9529 if (!Redeclaration && LangOpts.CUDA) 9530 checkCUDATargetOverload(NewFD, Previous); 9531 } 9532 return Redeclaration; 9533 } 9534 9535 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 9536 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: 9537 // A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or 9538 // constexpr is ill-formed. 9539 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 9540 // appear in a declaration of main. 9541 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 9542 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 9543 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 9544 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 9545 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 9546 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 9547 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 9548 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 9549 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 9550 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 9551 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 9552 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 9553 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 9554 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 9555 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 9556 } 9557 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 9558 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 9559 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 9560 FD->setConstexpr(false); 9561 } 9562 9563 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 9564 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main) 9565 << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>(); 9566 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9567 return; 9568 } 9569 9570 QualType T = FD->getType(); 9571 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 9572 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 9573 9574 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9575 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 9576 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 9577 // implicit-return-zero rule. 9578 9579 // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'. 9580 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 9581 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 9582 else { 9583 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 9584 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 9585 if (RTRange.isValid()) 9586 Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 9587 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int"); 9588 } 9589 } else { 9590 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 9591 // set the flag which tells us that. 9592 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 9593 9594 // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'. 9595 if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 9596 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 9597 else { 9598 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 9599 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 9600 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 9601 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int") 9602 : FixItHint()); 9603 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 9604 } 9605 } 9606 9607 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 9608 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 9609 9610 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 9611 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams(); 9612 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 9613 9614 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 9615 9616 if (FTP->isVariadic()) { 9617 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variadic_main); 9618 // FIXME: if we had information about the location of the ellipsis, we 9619 // could add a FixIt hint to remove it as a parameter. 9620 } 9621 9622 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 9623 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 9624 // getting shifty. 9625 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 9626 HasExtraParameters = false; 9627 9628 if (HasExtraParameters) { 9629 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 9630 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 9631 nparams = 3; 9632 } 9633 9634 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 9635 // if we had some location information about types. 9636 9637 QualType CharPP = 9638 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 9639 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 9640 9641 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 9642 QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i); 9643 9644 bool mismatch = true; 9645 9646 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 9647 mismatch = false; 9648 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 9649 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 9650 // char const ** 9651 // char const * const * 9652 // char * const * 9653 9654 QualifierCollector qs; 9655 const PointerType* PT; 9656 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 9657 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 9658 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 9659 Context.CharTy)) { 9660 qs.removeConst(); 9661 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 9662 } 9663 } 9664 9665 if (mismatch) { 9666 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 9667 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 9668 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 9669 } 9670 } 9671 9672 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 9673 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 9674 } 9675 9676 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 9677 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 9678 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9679 } 9680 } 9681 9682 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) { 9683 QualType T = FD->getType(); 9684 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 9685 const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 9686 9687 // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral, 9688 // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type. 9689 if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || 9690 FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() || 9691 FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType()) 9692 // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed. 9693 if (FD->getName() != "DllMain") 9694 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 9695 9696 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 9697 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 9698 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9699 } 9700 } 9701 9702 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 9703 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 9704 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 9705 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 9706 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 9707 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 9708 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 9709 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 9710 // rules there don't matter.) 9711 const Expr *Culprit; 9712 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 9713 return false; 9714 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 9715 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 9716 return true; 9717 } 9718 9719 namespace { 9720 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 9721 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 9722 class SelfReferenceChecker 9723 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 9724 Sema &S; 9725 Decl *OrigDecl; 9726 bool isRecordType; 9727 bool isPODType; 9728 bool isReferenceType; 9729 9730 bool isInitList; 9731 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex; 9732 9733 public: 9734 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 9735 9736 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 9737 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 9738 isPODType = false; 9739 isRecordType = false; 9740 isReferenceType = false; 9741 isInitList = false; 9742 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 9743 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 9744 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 9745 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 9746 } 9747 } 9748 9749 // For most expressions, just call the visitor. For initializer lists, 9750 // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are 9751 // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields. 9752 void CheckExpr(Expr *E) { 9753 InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E); 9754 if (!InitList) { 9755 Visit(E); 9756 return; 9757 } 9758 9759 // Track and increment the index here. 9760 isInitList = true; 9761 InitFieldIndex.push_back(0); 9762 for (auto Child : InitList->children()) { 9763 CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child)); 9764 ++InitFieldIndex.back(); 9765 } 9766 InitFieldIndex.pop_back(); 9767 } 9768 9769 // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no further checking is needed. 9770 // Returns false if additional checking is required. 9771 bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) { 9772 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields; 9773 Expr *Base = E; 9774 bool ReferenceField = false; 9775 9776 // Get the field memebers used. 9777 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 9778 FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()); 9779 if (!FD) 9780 return false; 9781 Fields.push_back(FD); 9782 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) 9783 ReferenceField = true; 9784 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9785 } 9786 9787 // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same. 9788 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base); 9789 if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl) 9790 return false; 9791 9792 // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field. 9793 if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField) 9794 return true; 9795 9796 // Convert FieldDecls to their index number. 9797 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex; 9798 for (const FieldDecl *I : llvm::reverse(Fields)) 9799 UsedFieldIndex.push_back(I->getFieldIndex()); 9800 9801 // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index 9802 // numbers. If field being used has index less than the field being 9803 // initialized, then the use is safe. 9804 for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(), 9805 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(), 9806 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(), 9807 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end(); 9808 UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) { 9809 if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter) 9810 return true; 9811 if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter) 9812 break; 9813 } 9814 9815 // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names. 9816 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9817 return true; 9818 } 9819 9820 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 9821 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 9822 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 9823 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 9824 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 9825 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 9826 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9827 return; 9828 } 9829 9830 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 9831 Visit(CO->getCond()); 9832 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 9833 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 9834 return; 9835 } 9836 9837 if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO = 9838 dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) { 9839 Visit(BCO->getCond()); 9840 HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr()); 9841 return; 9842 } 9843 9844 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) { 9845 HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()); 9846 return; 9847 } 9848 9849 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 9850 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { 9851 Visit(BO->getLHS()); 9852 HandleValue(BO->getRHS()); 9853 return; 9854 } 9855 } 9856 9857 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 9858 if (isInitList) { 9859 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E), 9860 false /*CheckReference*/)) 9861 return; 9862 } 9863 9864 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9865 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 9866 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 9867 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 9868 return; 9869 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9870 } 9871 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 9872 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9873 return; 9874 } 9875 9876 Visit(E); 9877 } 9878 9879 // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all 9880 // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses. 9881 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 9882 if (isReferenceType) 9883 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 9884 } 9885 9886 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 9887 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) { 9888 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 9889 return; 9890 } 9891 9892 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 9893 } 9894 9895 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 9896 if (isInitList) { 9897 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/)) 9898 return; 9899 } 9900 9901 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 9902 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 9903 9904 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 9905 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 9906 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 9907 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 9908 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9909 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 9910 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 9911 Warn = false; 9912 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9913 } 9914 9915 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 9916 if (Warn) 9917 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9918 return; 9919 } 9920 9921 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 9922 // Visit that expression. 9923 Visit(Base); 9924 } 9925 9926 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { 9927 Expr *Callee = E->getCallee(); 9928 9929 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee)) 9930 return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); 9931 9932 Visit(Callee); 9933 for (auto Arg: E->arguments()) 9934 HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 9935 } 9936 9937 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 9938 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 9939 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 9940 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 9941 if (!isPODType) 9942 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 9943 return; 9944 } 9945 9946 if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) { 9947 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 9948 return; 9949 } 9950 9951 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 9952 } 9953 9954 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) {} 9955 9956 void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) { 9957 if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) { 9958 Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0); 9959 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr)) 9960 if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1) 9961 ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0); 9962 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr)) 9963 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp) 9964 ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr(); 9965 HandleValue(ArgExpr); 9966 return; 9967 } 9968 Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E); 9969 } 9970 9971 void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) { 9972 // Treat std::move as a use. 9973 if (E->getNumArgs() == 1) { 9974 if (FunctionDecl *FD = E->getDirectCallee()) { 9975 if (FD->isInStdNamespace() && FD->getIdentifier() && 9976 FD->getIdentifier()->isStr("move")) { 9977 HandleValue(E->getArg(0)); 9978 return; 9979 } 9980 } 9981 } 9982 9983 Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E); 9984 } 9985 9986 void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) { 9987 if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) { 9988 HandleValue(E->getLHS()); 9989 Visit(E->getRHS()); 9990 return; 9991 } 9992 9993 Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E); 9994 } 9995 9996 // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the 9997 // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately 9998 // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics. 9999 void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) { 10000 Visit(E->getCond()); 10001 Visit(E->getFalseExpr()); 10002 } 10003 10004 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 10005 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 10006 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 10007 unsigned diag; 10008 if (isReferenceType) { 10009 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 10010 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 10011 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 10012 } else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 10013 isa<NamespaceDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 10014 DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isRecordType()) { 10015 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 10016 } else { 10017 // Local variables will be handled by the CFG analysis. 10018 return; 10019 } 10020 10021 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 10022 S.PDiag(diag) 10023 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName() 10024 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 10025 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 10026 } 10027 }; 10028 10029 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 10030 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 10031 bool DirectInit) { 10032 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 10033 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 10034 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 10035 return; 10036 10037 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 10038 10039 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 10040 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 10041 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 10042 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 10043 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 10044 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 10045 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 10046 return; 10047 10048 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E); 10049 } 10050 } // end anonymous namespace 10051 10052 namespace { 10053 // Simple wrapper to add the name of a variable or (if no variable is 10054 // available) a DeclarationName into a diagnostic. 10055 struct VarDeclOrName { 10056 VarDecl *VDecl; 10057 DeclarationName Name; 10058 10059 friend const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder & 10060 operator<<(const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, VarDeclOrName VN) { 10061 return VN.VDecl ? Diag << VN.VDecl : Diag << VN.Name; 10062 } 10063 }; 10064 } // end anonymous namespace 10065 10066 QualType Sema::deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(VarDecl *VDecl, 10067 DeclarationName Name, QualType Type, 10068 TypeSourceInfo *TSI, 10069 SourceRange Range, bool DirectInit, 10070 Expr *Init) { 10071 bool IsInitCapture = !VDecl; 10072 assert((!VDecl || !VDecl->isInitCapture()) && 10073 "init captures are expected to be deduced prior to initialization"); 10074 10075 VarDeclOrName VN{VDecl, Name}; 10076 10077 DeducedType *Deduced = Type->getContainedDeducedType(); 10078 assert(Deduced && "deduceVarTypeFromInitializer for non-deduced type"); 10079 10080 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 10081 if (!Init) { 10082 assert(VDecl && "no init for init capture deduction?"); 10083 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 10084 << VDecl->getDeclName() << Type; 10085 return QualType(); 10086 } 10087 10088 ArrayRef<Expr*> DeduceInits = Init; 10089 if (DirectInit) { 10090 if (auto *PL = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Init)) 10091 DeduceInits = PL->exprs(); 10092 } 10093 10094 if (isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced)) { 10095 assert(VDecl && "non-auto type for init capture deduction?"); 10096 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 10097 InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateForInit( 10098 VDecl->getLocation(), DirectInit, Init); 10099 // FIXME: Initialization should not be taking a mutable list of inits. 10100 SmallVector<Expr*, 8> InitsCopy(DeduceInits.begin(), DeduceInits.end()); 10101 return DeduceTemplateSpecializationFromInitializer(TSI, Entity, Kind, 10102 InitsCopy); 10103 } 10104 10105 if (DirectInit) { 10106 if (auto *IL = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) 10107 DeduceInits = IL->inits(); 10108 } 10109 10110 // Deduction only works if we have exactly one source expression. 10111 if (DeduceInits.empty()) { 10112 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 10113 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 10114 Diag(Init->getLocStart(), IsInitCapture 10115 ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression 10116 : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 10117 << VN << Type << Range; 10118 return QualType(); 10119 } 10120 10121 if (DeduceInits.size() > 1) { 10122 Diag(DeduceInits[1]->getLocStart(), 10123 IsInitCapture ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions 10124 : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 10125 << VN << Type << Range; 10126 return QualType(); 10127 } 10128 10129 Expr *DeduceInit = DeduceInits[0]; 10130 if (DirectInit && isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) { 10131 Diag(Init->getLocStart(), IsInitCapture 10132 ? diag::err_init_capture_paren_braces 10133 : diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces) 10134 << isa<InitListExpr>(Init) << VN << Type << Range; 10135 return QualType(); 10136 } 10137 10138 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 10139 bool DefaultedAnyToId = false; 10140 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 10141 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && !IsInitCapture) { 10142 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 10143 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 10144 return QualType(); 10145 } 10146 Init = Result.get(); 10147 DefaultedAnyToId = true; 10148 } 10149 10150 // C++ [dcl.decomp]p1: 10151 // If the assignment-expression [...] has array type A and no ref-qualifier 10152 // is present, e has type cv A 10153 if (VDecl && isa<DecompositionDecl>(VDecl) && 10154 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Type, Context.getAutoDeductType()) && 10155 DeduceInit->getType()->isConstantArrayType()) 10156 return Context.getQualifiedType(DeduceInit->getType(), 10157 Type.getQualifiers()); 10158 10159 QualType DeducedType; 10160 if (DeduceAutoType(TSI, DeduceInit, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed) { 10161 if (!IsInitCapture) 10162 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 10163 else if (isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) 10164 Diag(Range.getBegin(), 10165 diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure_from_init_list) 10166 << VN 10167 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() 10168 : DeduceInit->getType()) 10169 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 10170 else 10171 Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure) 10172 << VN << TSI->getType() 10173 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() 10174 : DeduceInit->getType()) 10175 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 10176 } 10177 10178 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 10179 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual 10180 // checks. 10181 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 10182 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 10183 if (!inTemplateInstantiation() && !DefaultedAnyToId && !IsInitCapture && 10184 !DeducedType.isNull() && DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) { 10185 SourceLocation Loc = TSI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 10186 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) << VN << Range; 10187 } 10188 10189 return DeducedType; 10190 } 10191 10192 bool Sema::DeduceVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *VDecl, bool DirectInit, 10193 Expr *Init) { 10194 QualType DeducedType = deduceVarTypeFromInitializer( 10195 VDecl, VDecl->getDeclName(), VDecl->getType(), VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), 10196 VDecl->getSourceRange(), DirectInit, Init); 10197 if (DeducedType.isNull()) { 10198 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10199 return true; 10200 } 10201 10202 VDecl->setType(DeducedType); 10203 assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid()); 10204 10205 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 10206 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 10207 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10208 10209 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 10210 // the previously declared type. 10211 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) { 10212 // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete 10213 // array of auto, nor deduce such a type. 10214 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/ false); 10215 } 10216 10217 // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration. 10218 CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl); 10219 return VDecl->isInvalidDecl(); 10220 } 10221 10222 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 10223 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 10224 /// initialization rather than copy initialization. 10225 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, bool DirectInit) { 10226 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 10227 // the initializer. 10228 if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 10229 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(RealDecl)); 10230 return; 10231 } 10232 10233 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 10234 // Pure-specifiers are handled in ActOnPureSpecifier. 10235 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 10236 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 10237 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 10238 return; 10239 } 10240 10241 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 10242 if (!VDecl) { 10243 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 10244 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 10245 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10246 return; 10247 } 10248 10249 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 10250 if (VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 10251 // Attempt typo correction early so that the type of the init expression can 10252 // be deduced based on the chosen correction if the original init contains a 10253 // TypoExpr. 10254 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, VDecl); 10255 if (!Res.isUsable()) { 10256 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10257 return; 10258 } 10259 Init = Res.get(); 10260 10261 if (DeduceVariableDeclarationType(VDecl, DirectInit, Init)) 10262 return; 10263 } 10264 10265 // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions. 10266 if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) { 10267 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition); 10268 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10269 return; 10270 } 10271 10272 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 10273 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 10274 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 10275 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10276 return; 10277 } 10278 10279 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 10280 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 10281 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 10282 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 10283 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 10284 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 10285 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 10286 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 10287 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 10288 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10289 return; 10290 } 10291 10292 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 10293 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 10294 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10295 AbstractVariableType)) 10296 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10297 } 10298 10299 // If adding the initializer will turn this declaration into a definition, 10300 // and we already have a definition for this variable, diagnose or otherwise 10301 // handle the situation. 10302 VarDecl *Def; 10303 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl && 10304 (!VDecl->isStaticDataMember() || VDecl->isOutOfLine()) && 10305 !VDecl->isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition() && 10306 checkVarDeclRedefinition(Def, VDecl)) 10307 return; 10308 10309 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10310 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 10311 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 10312 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 10313 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 10314 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 10315 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 10316 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 10317 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 10318 // 10319 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 10320 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 10321 // declaration with an initializer. 10322 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->hasInit()) { 10323 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization) 10324 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 10325 Diag(VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->getInit()->getExprLoc(), 10326 diag::note_previous_initializer) 10327 << 0; 10328 return; 10329 } 10330 10331 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 10332 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 10333 10334 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 10335 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10336 return; 10337 } 10338 } 10339 10340 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 10341 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 10342 if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 10343 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 10344 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10345 return; 10346 } 10347 10348 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 10349 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 10350 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 10351 10352 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 10353 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. 10354 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 10355 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 10356 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 10357 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 10358 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10359 return; 10360 } 10361 Init = Result.get(); 10362 } 10363 10364 // Perform the initialization. 10365 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 10366 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 10367 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 10368 InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateForInit( 10369 VDecl->getLocation(), DirectInit, Init); 10370 10371 MultiExprArg Args = Init; 10372 if (CXXDirectInit) 10373 Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(), 10374 CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs()); 10375 10376 // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments. 10377 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) { 10378 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr( 10379 Args[Idx], VDecl, [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) { 10380 InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E)); 10381 return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E; 10382 }); 10383 if (Res.isInvalid()) { 10384 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10385 } else if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) { 10386 Args[Idx] = Res.get(); 10387 } 10388 } 10389 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 10390 return; 10391 10392 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, 10393 /*TopLevelOfInitList=*/false, 10394 /*TreatUnavailableAsInvalid=*/false); 10395 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT); 10396 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 10397 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10398 return; 10399 } 10400 10401 Init = Result.getAs<Expr>(); 10402 } 10403 10404 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 10405 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 10406 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 10407 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 10408 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 10409 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 10410 } 10411 10412 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 10413 // completed by the initializer. For example: 10414 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 10415 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 10416 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 10417 VDecl->setType(DclT); 10418 10419 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 10420 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 10421 10422 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 10423 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 10424 10425 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 10426 // Although this code can still have problems: 10427 // id x = self.weakProp; 10428 // id y = self.weakProp; 10429 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 10430 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 10431 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 10432 if ((VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong || 10433 VDecl->getType().isNonWeakInMRRWithObjCWeak(Context)) && 10434 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 10435 Init->getLocStart())) 10436 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 10437 } 10438 10439 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 10440 // 10441 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 10442 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 10443 // full-expression. For instance, in: 10444 // 10445 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 10446 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 10447 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 10448 // 10449 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 10450 ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 10451 false, 10452 VDecl->isConstexpr()); 10453 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 10454 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10455 return; 10456 } 10457 Init = Result.get(); 10458 10459 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 10460 VDecl->setInit(Init); 10461 10462 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 10463 // Don't check the initializer if the declaration is malformed. 10464 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 10465 // do nothing 10466 10467 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5.3: __constant locals must be constant-initialized. 10468 // This is true even in OpenCL C++. 10469 } else if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) { 10470 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 10471 10472 // Otherwise, C++ does not restrict the initializer. 10473 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10474 // do nothing 10475 10476 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 10477 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 10478 } else if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 10479 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 10480 10481 // C89 is stricter than C99 for aggregate initializers. 10482 // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list 10483 // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be 10484 // constant expressions. 10485 } else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() && 10486 isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) { 10487 const Expr *Culprit; 10488 if (!Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) { 10489 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), 10490 diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant) 10491 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 10492 } 10493 } 10494 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && !VDecl->isInline() && 10495 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 10496 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 10497 // 10498 // struct S { 10499 // static const int value = 17; 10500 // }; 10501 10502 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 10503 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 10504 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 10505 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 10506 // 10507 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 10508 // If a non-volatile non-inline const static data member is of integral 10509 // or enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 10510 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause 10511 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 10512 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 10513 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 10514 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 10515 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 10516 10517 // Do nothing on dependent types. 10518 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 10519 10520 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 10521 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 10522 // type. 10523 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 10524 10525 // Require constness. 10526 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 10527 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 10528 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10529 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10530 10531 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 10532 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 10533 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 10534 SourceLocation Loc; 10535 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 10536 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 10537 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 10538 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 10539 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 10540 ; // Nothing to check. 10541 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 10542 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 10543 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 10544 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 10545 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 10546 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 10547 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10548 } else { 10549 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 10550 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 10551 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 10552 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10553 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10554 } 10555 10556 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 10557 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 10558 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 10559 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 10560 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 10561 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 10562 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 10563 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 10564 Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(), 10565 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 10566 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 10567 } else { 10568 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 10569 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 10570 10571 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 10572 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 10573 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10574 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10575 } 10576 } 10577 10578 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 10579 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) { 10580 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 10581 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 10582 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 10583 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 10584 10585 } else { 10586 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 10587 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 10588 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10589 } 10590 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 10591 // In C, extern is typically used to avoid tentative definitions when 10592 // declaring variables in headers, but adding an intializer makes it a 10593 // defintion. This is somewhat confusing, so GCC and Clang both warn on it. 10594 // In C++, extern is often used to give implictly static const variables 10595 // external linkage, so don't warn in that case. If selectany is present, 10596 // this might be header code intended for C and C++ inclusion, so apply the 10597 // C++ rules. 10598 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && 10599 ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->hasAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) || 10600 !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified()) && 10601 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && VDecl->isExternC()) && 10602 !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind())) 10603 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 10604 10605 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 10606 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 10607 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 10608 } 10609 10610 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 10611 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 10612 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 10613 // 10614 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 10615 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 10616 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 10617 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 10618 // special case code. 10619 10620 // C++ 8.5p11: 10621 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 10622 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 10623 // class type. 10624 if (CXXDirectInit) { 10625 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 10626 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 10627 } else if (DirectInit) { 10628 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 10629 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 10630 } 10631 10632 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 10633 } 10634 10635 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 10636 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 10637 /// of sanity. 10638 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 10639 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 10640 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 10641 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 10642 10643 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 10644 if (!VD) return; 10645 10646 // Bindings are not usable if we can't make sense of the initializer. 10647 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D)) 10648 for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) 10649 BD->setInvalidDecl(); 10650 10651 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 10652 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 10653 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10654 return; 10655 } 10656 10657 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 10658 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 10659 10660 // Require a complete type. 10661 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 10662 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 10663 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 10664 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10665 return; 10666 } 10667 10668 // Require a non-abstract type. 10669 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 10670 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10671 AbstractVariableType)) { 10672 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10673 return; 10674 } 10675 10676 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 10677 // though. 10678 } 10679 10680 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl) { 10681 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 10682 if (!RealDecl) 10683 return; 10684 10685 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 10686 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 10687 10688 // C++1z [dcl.dcl]p1 grammar implies that an initializer is mandatory. 10689 if (isa<DecompositionDecl>(RealDecl)) { 10690 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_decomp_decl_requires_init) << Var; 10691 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10692 return; 10693 } 10694 10695 if (Type->isUndeducedType() && 10696 DeduceVariableDeclarationType(Var, false, nullptr)) 10697 return; 10698 10699 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 10700 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 10701 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 10702 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 10703 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 10704 // member. 10705 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 10706 !Var->isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition()) { 10707 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) { 10708 // C++1z removes the relevant rule; the in-class declaration is always 10709 // a definition there. 10710 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z) { 10711 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 10712 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 10713 << Var->getDeclName(); 10714 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10715 return; 10716 } 10717 } else { 10718 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 10719 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10720 return; 10721 } 10722 } 10723 10724 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...] A variable template 10725 // definition having the concept specifier is called a variable concept. A 10726 // concept definition refers to [...] a variable concept and its initializer. 10727 if (VarTemplateDecl *VTD = Var->getDescribedVarTemplate()) { 10728 if (VTD->isConcept()) { 10729 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_var_concept_not_initialized); 10730 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10731 return; 10732 } 10733 } 10734 10735 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must 10736 // be initialized. 10737 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && 10738 Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant && 10739 Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) { 10740 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init); 10741 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10742 return; 10743 } 10744 10745 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 10746 case VarDecl::Definition: 10747 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 10748 break; 10749 10750 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 10751 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 10752 // a declaration. 10753 // 10754 // Fall through 10755 10756 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 10757 // It's only a declaration. 10758 10759 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 10760 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 10761 // object shall be complete. 10762 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 10763 !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 10764 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 10765 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 10766 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10767 10768 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 10769 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 10770 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 10771 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10772 AbstractVariableType)) 10773 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10774 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 10775 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 10776 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 10777 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 10778 } 10779 10780 return; 10781 10782 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 10783 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 10784 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 10785 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 10786 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 10787 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 10788 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 10789 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 10790 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 10791 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 10792 ArrayT->getElementType(), 10793 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 10794 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10795 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 10796 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 10797 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 10798 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 10799 // NOTE: code such as the following 10800 // static struct s; 10801 // struct s { int a; }; 10802 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 10803 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 10804 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 10805 if (Var->isFirstDecl()) 10806 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 10807 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 10808 } 10809 } 10810 10811 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 10812 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 10813 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 10814 return; 10815 } 10816 10817 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 10818 // definitions with incomplete array type. 10819 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 10820 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 10821 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 10822 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10823 return; 10824 } 10825 10826 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 10827 // definitions with reference type. 10828 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 10829 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 10830 << Var->getDeclName() 10831 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 10832 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10833 return; 10834 } 10835 10836 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 10837 // variable with dependent type. 10838 if (Type->isDependentType()) 10839 return; 10840 10841 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 10842 return; 10843 10844 if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 10845 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 10846 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 10847 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 10848 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10849 return; 10850 } 10851 } else { 10852 return; 10853 } 10854 10855 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 10856 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 10857 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10858 AbstractVariableType)) { 10859 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10860 return; 10861 } 10862 10863 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 10864 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 10865 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 10866 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 10867 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 10868 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 10869 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 10870 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 10871 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 10872 // types and is declared without an initializer. 10873 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 10874 if (const RecordType *Record 10875 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 10876 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 10877 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 10878 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 10879 // incompatibilities with C++98. 10880 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 10881 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 10882 } 10883 } 10884 10885 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 10886 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 10887 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 10888 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 10889 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 10890 // type shall have a user-declared default 10891 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 10892 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 10893 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 10894 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 10895 // program is ill-formed. 10896 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 10897 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 10898 // default-initialized; [...]. 10899 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 10900 InitializationKind Kind 10901 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 10902 10903 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 10904 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 10905 if (Init.isInvalid()) 10906 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10907 else if (Init.get()) { 10908 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 10909 // This is important for template substitution. 10910 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 10911 } 10912 10913 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 10914 } 10915 } 10916 10917 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 10918 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Ignore it. 10919 if (!D) 10920 return; 10921 10922 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 10923 if (!VD) { 10924 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 10925 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10926 return; 10927 } 10928 10929 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 10930 10931 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 10932 int Error = -1; 10933 switch (VD->getStorageClass()) { 10934 case SC_None: 10935 break; 10936 case SC_Extern: 10937 Error = 0; 10938 break; 10939 case SC_Static: 10940 Error = 1; 10941 break; 10942 case SC_PrivateExtern: 10943 Error = 2; 10944 break; 10945 case SC_Auto: 10946 Error = 3; 10947 break; 10948 case SC_Register: 10949 Error = 4; 10950 break; 10951 } 10952 if (Error != -1) { 10953 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 10954 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 10955 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10956 } 10957 } 10958 10959 StmtResult 10960 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 10961 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 10962 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 10963 SourceLocation AttrEnd) { 10964 // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1: 10965 // A range-based for statement of the form 10966 // for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 10967 // is equivalent to 10968 // for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 10969 DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 10970 10971 const char *PrevSpec; 10972 unsigned DiagID; 10973 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID, 10974 getPrintingPolicy()); 10975 10976 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::ForContext); 10977 D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc); 10978 D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd); 10979 10980 ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 10981 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/false), 10982 EmptyAttrs, IdentLoc); 10983 Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D); 10984 cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 10985 FinalizeDeclaration(Var); 10986 return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc, 10987 AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc); 10988 } 10989 10990 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 10991 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 10992 10993 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 10994 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Every block variable declaration must have an 10995 // initialiser 10996 if (var->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->isBlockPointerType() && 10997 !var->hasInit()) { 10998 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration) 10999 << 1 /*Init*/; 11000 var->setInvalidDecl(); 11001 return; 11002 } 11003 } 11004 11005 // In Objective-C, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 11006 // local retaining variable. 11007 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 11008 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 11009 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 11010 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 11011 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 11012 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 11013 break; 11014 11015 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 11016 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 11017 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 11018 break; 11019 } 11020 } 11021 11022 // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a 11023 // prior declaration. We only want to do this for global 11024 // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for 11025 // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can 11026 // change if it's later given a typedef name. 11027 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 11028 var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && 11029 var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() && 11030 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 11031 var->getLocation())) { 11032 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 11033 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 11034 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 11035 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 11036 11037 if (!prev) 11038 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 11039 } 11040 11041 // Cache the result of checking for constant initialization. 11042 Optional<bool> CacheHasConstInit; 11043 const Expr *CacheCulprit; 11044 auto checkConstInit = [&]() mutable { 11045 if (!CacheHasConstInit) 11046 CacheHasConstInit = var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 11047 Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &CacheCulprit); 11048 return *CacheHasConstInit; 11049 }; 11050 11051 if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) { 11052 if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) { 11053 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3: 11054 // The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not 11055 // have a non-trivial destructor. 11056 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor); 11057 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 11058 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 11059 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit()) { 11060 if (!checkConstInit()) { 11061 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4: 11062 // An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic 11063 // initialization. 11064 // FIXME: Need strict checking here. 11065 Diag(CacheCulprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init) 11066 << CacheCulprit->getSourceRange(); 11067 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 11068 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 11069 } 11070 } 11071 } 11072 11073 // Apply section attributes and pragmas to global variables. 11074 bool GlobalStorage = var->hasGlobalStorage(); 11075 if (GlobalStorage && var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 11076 !inTemplateInstantiation()) { 11077 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr; 11078 int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Read; 11079 if (var->getType().isConstQualified()) 11080 Stack = &ConstSegStack; 11081 else if (!var->getInit()) { 11082 Stack = &BSSSegStack; 11083 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 11084 } else { 11085 Stack = &DataSegStack; 11086 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 11087 } 11088 if (Stack->CurrentValue && !var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 11089 var->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 11090 Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 11091 Stack->CurrentValue->getString(), Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation)); 11092 } 11093 if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>()) 11094 if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var)) 11095 var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 11096 11097 // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer. If the 11098 // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this 11099 // attribute. 11100 if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit()) 11101 var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(), 11102 CurInitSegLoc)); 11103 } 11104 11105 // All the following checks are C++ only. 11106 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11107 // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the 11108 // current module. 11109 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty()) 11110 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var); 11111 return; 11112 } 11113 11114 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(var)) 11115 CheckCompleteDecompositionDeclaration(DD); 11116 11117 QualType type = var->getType(); 11118 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 11119 11120 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 11121 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 11122 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 11123 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 11124 11125 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 11126 // constructing this copy. 11127 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 11128 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope( 11129 *this, ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated); 11130 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 11131 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 11132 ExprResult result 11133 = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 11134 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 11135 var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true); 11136 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 11137 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 11138 Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>(); 11139 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 11140 } 11141 } 11142 } 11143 11144 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 11145 bool IsGlobal = GlobalStorage && !var->isStaticLocal(); 11146 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 11147 11148 if (Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 11149 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 11150 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 11151 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 11152 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 11153 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 11154 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 11155 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 11156 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 11157 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 11158 Notes.clear(); 11159 } 11160 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 11161 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 11162 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 11163 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 11164 } 11165 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 11166 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 11167 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 11168 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 11169 var->checkInitIsICE(); 11170 } 11171 11172 // Don't emit further diagnostics about constexpr globals since they 11173 // were just diagnosed. 11174 if (!var->isConstexpr() && GlobalStorage && 11175 var->hasAttr<RequireConstantInitAttr>()) { 11176 // FIXME: Need strict checking in C++03 here. 11177 bool DiagErr = getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 11178 ? !var->checkInitIsICE() : !checkConstInit(); 11179 if (DiagErr) { 11180 auto attr = var->getAttr<RequireConstantInitAttr>(); 11181 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_require_constant_init_failed) 11182 << Init->getSourceRange(); 11183 Diag(attr->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_required_constant_init_here) 11184 << attr->getRange(); 11185 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 11186 APValue Value; 11187 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 11188 Init->EvaluateAsInitializer(Value, getASTContext(), var, Notes); 11189 for (auto &it : Notes) 11190 Diag(it.first, it.second); 11191 } else { 11192 Diag(CacheCulprit->getExprLoc(), 11193 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) 11194 << CacheCulprit->getSourceRange(); 11195 } 11196 } 11197 } 11198 else if (!var->isConstexpr() && IsGlobal && 11199 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor, 11200 var->getLocation())) { 11201 // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer. Don't 11202 // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already 11203 // warned about them. 11204 CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 11205 if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor())) { 11206 if (!checkConstInit()) 11207 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 11208 << Init->getSourceRange(); 11209 } 11210 } 11211 } 11212 11213 // Require the destructor. 11214 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 11215 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 11216 11217 // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the current 11218 // module. 11219 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty()) 11220 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var); 11221 } 11222 11223 /// \brief Determines if a variable's alignment is dependent. 11224 static bool hasDependentAlignment(VarDecl *VD) { 11225 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType()) 11226 return true; 11227 for (auto *I : VD->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) 11228 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 11229 return true; 11230 return false; 11231 } 11232 11233 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 11234 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 11235 void Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 11236 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 11237 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 11238 11239 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 11240 if (!VD) 11241 return; 11242 11243 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if '#pragma clang section bss|data|rodata' is active 11244 if (VD->hasGlobalStorage() && VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 11245 !inTemplateInstantiation() && !VD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 11246 if (PragmaClangBSSSection.Valid) 11247 VD->addAttr(PragmaClangBSSSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11248 PragmaClangBSSSection.SectionName, 11249 PragmaClangBSSSection.PragmaLocation)); 11250 if (PragmaClangDataSection.Valid) 11251 VD->addAttr(PragmaClangDataSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11252 PragmaClangDataSection.SectionName, 11253 PragmaClangDataSection.PragmaLocation)); 11254 if (PragmaClangRodataSection.Valid) 11255 VD->addAttr(PragmaClangRodataSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11256 PragmaClangRodataSection.SectionName, 11257 PragmaClangRodataSection.PragmaLocation)); 11258 } 11259 11260 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(ThisDecl)) { 11261 for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) { 11262 FinalizeDeclaration(BD); 11263 } 11264 } 11265 11266 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD); 11267 11268 // Perform TLS alignment check here after attributes attached to the variable 11269 // which may affect the alignment have been processed. Only perform the check 11270 // if the target has a maximum TLS alignment (zero means no constraints). 11271 if (unsigned MaxAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getMaxTLSAlign()) { 11272 // Protect the check so that it's not performed on dependent types and 11273 // dependent alignments (we can't determine the alignment in that case). 11274 if (VD->getTLSKind() && !hasDependentAlignment(VD) && 11275 !VD->isInvalidDecl()) { 11276 CharUnits MaxAlignChars = Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(MaxAlign); 11277 if (Context.getDeclAlign(VD) > MaxAlignChars) { 11278 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tls_var_aligned_over_maximum) 11279 << (unsigned)Context.getDeclAlign(VD).getQuantity() << VD 11280 << (unsigned)MaxAlignChars.getQuantity(); 11281 } 11282 } 11283 } 11284 11285 if (VD->isStaticLocal()) { 11286 if (FunctionDecl *FD = 11287 dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) { 11288 // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function. 11289 if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) { 11290 auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext())); 11291 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 11292 VD->addAttr(NewAttr); 11293 } 11294 // CUDA E.2.9.4: Within the body of a __device__ or __global__ 11295 // function, only __shared__ variables may be declared with 11296 // static storage class. 11297 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && !VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() && 11298 CUDADiagIfDeviceCode(VD->getLocation(), 11299 diag::err_device_static_local_var) 11300 << CurrentCUDATarget()) 11301 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 11302 } 11303 } 11304 11305 // Perform check for initializers of device-side global variables. 11306 // CUDA allows empty constructors as initializers (see E.2.3.1, CUDA 11307 // 7.5). We must also apply the same checks to all __shared__ 11308 // variables whether they are local or not. CUDA also allows 11309 // constant initializers for __constant__ and __device__ variables. 11310 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 11311 const Expr *Init = VD->getInit(); 11312 if (Init && VD->hasGlobalStorage()) { 11313 if (VD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || VD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>() || 11314 VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>()) { 11315 assert(!VD->isStaticLocal() || VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>()); 11316 bool AllowedInit = false; 11317 if (const CXXConstructExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init)) 11318 AllowedInit = 11319 isEmptyCudaConstructor(VD->getLocation(), CE->getConstructor()); 11320 // We'll allow constant initializers even if it's a non-empty 11321 // constructor according to CUDA rules. This deviates from NVCC, 11322 // but allows us to handle things like constexpr constructors. 11323 if (!AllowedInit && 11324 (VD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || VD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) 11325 AllowedInit = VD->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 11326 Context, VD->getType()->isReferenceType()); 11327 11328 // Also make sure that destructor, if there is one, is empty. 11329 if (AllowedInit) 11330 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = VD->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 11331 AllowedInit = 11332 isEmptyCudaDestructor(VD->getLocation(), RD->getDestructor()); 11333 11334 if (!AllowedInit) { 11335 Diag(VD->getLocation(), VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() 11336 ? diag::err_shared_var_init 11337 : diag::err_dynamic_var_init) 11338 << Init->getSourceRange(); 11339 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 11340 } 11341 } else { 11342 // This is a host-side global variable. Check that the initializer is 11343 // callable from the host side. 11344 const FunctionDecl *InitFn = nullptr; 11345 if (const CXXConstructExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init)) { 11346 InitFn = CE->getConstructor(); 11347 } else if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Init)) { 11348 InitFn = CE->getDirectCallee(); 11349 } 11350 if (InitFn) { 11351 CUDAFunctionTarget InitFnTarget = IdentifyCUDATarget(InitFn); 11352 if (InitFnTarget != CFT_Host && InitFnTarget != CFT_HostDevice) { 11353 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_ref_bad_target_global_initializer) 11354 << InitFnTarget << InitFn; 11355 Diag(InitFn->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << InitFn; 11356 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 11357 } 11358 } 11359 } 11360 } 11361 } 11362 11363 // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl. 11364 const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD); 11365 11366 // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line. 11367 if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) { 11368 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() && 11369 VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 11370 // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members 11371 // with a warning. 11372 CXXRecordDecl *Context = 11373 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext()); 11374 bool IsClassTemplateMember = 11375 isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) || 11376 Context->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 11377 11378 Diag(VD->getLocation(), 11379 IsClassTemplateMember 11380 ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition 11381 : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition); 11382 Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 11383 if (!IsClassTemplateMember) 11384 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 11385 } 11386 } 11387 11388 // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index 11389 // isn't exported with the variable. 11390 if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) { 11391 auto *F = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod()); 11392 if (F && getDLLAttr(F)) { 11393 assert(VD->isStaticLocal()); 11394 // But if this is a static local in a dlimport/dllexport function, the 11395 // function will never be inlined, which means the var would never be 11396 // imported, so having it marked import/export is safe. 11397 } else { 11398 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD 11399 << DLLAttr; 11400 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 11401 } 11402 } 11403 11404 if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 11405 if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 11406 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr; 11407 VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>(); 11408 } 11409 } 11410 11411 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); 11412 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 11413 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 11414 if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible()) 11415 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); 11416 11417 // FIXME: Warn on unused var template partial specializations. 11418 if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD)) 11419 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 11420 11421 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 11422 // tag values. 11423 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 11424 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 11425 return; 11426 11427 for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) { 11428 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 11429 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 11430 continue; 11431 } 11432 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 11433 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 11434 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 11435 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 11436 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 11437 continue; 11438 } 11439 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 11440 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 11441 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 11442 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 11443 continue; 11444 } 11445 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 11446 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 11447 MagicValue, 11448 I->getMatchingCType(), 11449 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 11450 I->getMustBeNull()); 11451 } 11452 } 11453 11454 static bool hasDeducedAuto(DeclaratorDecl *DD) { 11455 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DD); 11456 return VD && !VD->getType()->hasAutoForTrailingReturnType(); 11457 } 11458 11459 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 11460 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 11461 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 11462 11463 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 11464 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 11465 11466 DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 11467 DecompositionDecl *FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 11468 bool DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = false; 11469 DeclaratorDecl *FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup = nullptr; 11470 bool DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto = false; 11471 11472 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 11473 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) { 11474 // For declarators, there are some additional syntactic-ish checks we need 11475 // to perform. 11476 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) { 11477 if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup) 11478 FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD; 11479 if (!FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup) 11480 FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D); 11481 if (!FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup && DS.hasAutoTypeSpec() && 11482 !hasDeducedAuto(DD)) 11483 FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup = DD; 11484 11485 if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup != DD) { 11486 // A decomposition declaration cannot be combined with any other 11487 // declaration in the same group. 11488 if (FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup && !DiagnosedMultipleDecomps) { 11489 Diag(FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup->getLocation(), 11490 diag::err_decomp_decl_not_alone) 11491 << FirstDeclaratorInGroup->getSourceRange() 11492 << DD->getSourceRange(); 11493 DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = true; 11494 } 11495 11496 // A declarator that uses 'auto' in any way other than to declare a 11497 // variable with a deduced type cannot be combined with any other 11498 // declarator in the same group. 11499 if (FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup && !DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto) { 11500 Diag(FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup->getLocation(), 11501 diag::err_auto_non_deduced_not_alone) 11502 << FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup->getType() 11503 ->hasAutoForTrailingReturnType() 11504 << FirstDeclaratorInGroup->getSourceRange() 11505 << DD->getSourceRange(); 11506 DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto = true; 11507 } 11508 } 11509 } 11510 11511 Decls.push_back(D); 11512 } 11513 } 11514 11515 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) { 11516 if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) { 11517 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 11518 if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup && !Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && 11519 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11520 Context.addDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(Tag, FirstDeclaratorInGroup); 11521 } 11522 } 11523 11524 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls); 11525 } 11526 11527 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 11528 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 11529 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 11530 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 11531 // C++14 [dcl.spec.auto]p7: (DR1347) 11532 // If the type that replaces the placeholder type is not the same in each 11533 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 11534 if (Group.size() > 1) { 11535 QualType Deduced; 11536 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr; 11537 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 11538 VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i]); 11539 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) 11540 break; 11541 DeducedType *DT = D->getType()->getContainedDeducedType(); 11542 if (!DT || DT->getDeducedType().isNull()) 11543 continue; 11544 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 11545 Deduced = DT->getDeducedType(); 11546 DeducedDecl = D; 11547 } else if (!Context.hasSameType(DT->getDeducedType(), Deduced)) { 11548 auto *AT = dyn_cast<AutoType>(DT); 11549 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 11550 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 11551 << (AT ? (unsigned)AT->getKeyword() : 3) 11552 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 11553 << DT->getDeducedType() << D->getDeclName() 11554 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 11555 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 11556 D->setInvalidDecl(); 11557 break; 11558 } 11559 } 11560 } 11561 11562 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group); 11563 11564 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make( 11565 DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size())); 11566 } 11567 11568 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 11569 ActOnDocumentableDecls(D); 11570 } 11571 11572 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 11573 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 11574 if (Group.empty() || !Group[0]) 11575 return; 11576 11577 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, 11578 Group[0]->getLocation()) && 11579 Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_unknown_comment_command_name, 11580 Group[0]->getLocation())) 11581 return; 11582 11583 if (Group.size() >= 2) { 11584 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 11585 // produced from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 11586 // additional declaration references: 11587 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 11588 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 11589 // 'struct S *pS;' 11590 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 11591 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 11592 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 11593 Group = Group.slice(1); 11594 } 11595 } 11596 11597 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 11598 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 11599 if (!Comments.empty() && 11600 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 11601 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 11602 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 11603 // 11604 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 11605 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 11606 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 11607 // ahead through comments. 11608 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 11609 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 11610 } 11611 } 11612 11613 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 11614 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 11615 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 11616 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 11617 11618 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 11619 11620 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 11621 StorageClass SC = SC_None; 11622 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 11623 SC = SC_Register; 11624 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11625 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 11626 SC = SC_Auto; 11627 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 11628 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 11629 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 11630 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 11631 } 11632 11633 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 11634 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread) 11635 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 11636 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 11637 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 11638 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z; 11639 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 11640 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 11641 << 0; 11642 if (DS.isConceptSpecified()) 11643 Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 11644 11645 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 11646 11647 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 11648 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 11649 11650 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11651 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 11652 // parameter. 11653 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 11654 11655 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 11656 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 11657 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 11658 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 11659 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 11660 } 11661 } 11662 11663 // Ensure we have a valid name 11664 IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr; 11665 if (D.hasName()) { 11666 II = D.getIdentifier(); 11667 if (!II) { 11668 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 11669 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 11670 D.setInvalidType(true); 11671 } 11672 } 11673 11674 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 11675 if (II) { 11676 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 11677 ForRedeclaration); 11678 LookupName(R, S); 11679 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 11680 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 11681 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 11682 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 11683 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 11684 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 11685 PrevDecl = nullptr; 11686 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 11687 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 11688 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11689 11690 // Recover by removing the name 11691 II = nullptr; 11692 D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 11693 D.setInvalidType(true); 11694 } 11695 } 11696 } 11697 11698 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 11699 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 11700 // looking like class members in C++. 11701 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 11702 D.getLocStart(), 11703 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 11704 parmDeclType, TInfo, 11705 SC); 11706 11707 if (D.isInvalidType()) 11708 New->setInvalidDecl(); 11709 11710 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 11711 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 11712 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 11713 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 11714 11715 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 11716 S->AddDecl(New); 11717 if (II) 11718 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 11719 11720 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 11721 11722 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 11723 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 11724 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 11725 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 11726 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 11727 11728 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 11729 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 11730 } 11731 return New; 11732 } 11733 11734 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 11735 /// typedef. 11736 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 11737 SourceLocation Loc, 11738 QualType T) { 11739 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 11740 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 11741 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 11742 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr, 11743 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 11744 SC_None, nullptr); 11745 Param->setImplicit(); 11746 return Param; 11747 } 11748 11749 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters) { 11750 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 11751 // will already have done so in the template itself. 11752 if (inTemplateInstantiation()) 11753 return; 11754 11755 for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) { 11756 if (!Parameter->isReferenced() && Parameter->getDeclName() && 11757 !Parameter->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 11758 Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 11759 << Parameter->getDeclName(); 11760 } 11761 } 11762 } 11763 11764 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue( 11765 ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters, QualType ReturnTy, NamedDecl *D) { 11766 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 11767 return; 11768 11769 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 11770 // threshold. 11771 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 11772 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 11773 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 11774 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 11775 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 11776 } 11777 11778 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 11779 // threshold. 11780 for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) { 11781 QualType T = Parameter->getType(); 11782 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 11783 continue; 11784 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 11785 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 11786 Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 11787 << Parameter->getDeclName() << Size; 11788 } 11789 } 11790 11791 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 11792 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 11793 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 11794 StorageClass SC) { 11795 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 11796 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 11797 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 11798 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 11799 11800 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 11801 11802 // Special cases for arrays: 11803 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 11804 // - otherwise, it's an error 11805 if (T->isArrayType()) { 11806 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 11807 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 11808 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 11809 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 11810 } 11811 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 11812 } else { 11813 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 11814 } 11815 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 11816 } 11817 11818 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 11819 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 11820 TSInfo, SC, nullptr); 11821 11822 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 11823 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 11824 // the class has been completely parsed. 11825 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 11826 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 11827 AbstractParamType)) 11828 New->setInvalidDecl(); 11829 11830 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 11831 // passed by reference. 11832 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 11833 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = 11834 getLocForEndOfToken(TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd()); 11835 Diag(NameLoc, 11836 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 11837 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 11838 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 11839 New->setType(T); 11840 } 11841 11842 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 11843 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 11844 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 11845 // an address space. 11846 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 11847 // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type 11848 // to be qualified with an address space. 11849 if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) { 11850 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 11851 New->setInvalidDecl(); 11852 } 11853 } 11854 11855 return New; 11856 } 11857 11858 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 11859 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 11860 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 11861 11862 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 11863 // for a K&R function. 11864 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 11865 for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 11866 --i; 11867 if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) { 11868 SmallString<256> Code; 11869 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) 11870 << " int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n"; 11871 Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 11872 << FTI.Params[i].Ident 11873 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code); 11874 11875 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 11876 // type. 11877 AttributeFactory attrs; 11878 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 11879 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 11880 unsigned DiagID; // unused 11881 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec, 11882 DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 11883 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 11884 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 11885 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 11886 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 11887 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 11888 FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 11889 } 11890 } 11891 } 11892 } 11893 11894 Decl * 11895 Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D, 11896 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 11897 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 11898 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused"); 11899 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 11900 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 11901 11902 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 11903 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, TemplateParameterLists); 11904 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP, SkipBody); 11905 } 11906 11907 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineFunctionDef(FunctionDecl *D) { 11908 Consumer.HandleInlineFunctionDefinition(D); 11909 } 11910 11911 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 11912 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 11913 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 11914 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 11915 return false; 11916 11917 // Or declarations that aren't global. 11918 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 11919 return false; 11920 11921 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 11922 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 11923 return false; 11924 11925 // Don't warn about 'main'. 11926 if (FD->isMain()) 11927 return false; 11928 11929 // Don't warn about inline functions. 11930 if (FD->isInlined()) 11931 return false; 11932 11933 // Don't warn about function templates. 11934 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 11935 return false; 11936 11937 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 11938 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 11939 return false; 11940 11941 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 11942 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 11943 return false; 11944 11945 // Don't warn on explicitly deleted functions. 11946 if (FD->isDeleted()) 11947 return false; 11948 11949 bool MissingPrototype = true; 11950 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 11951 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 11952 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 11953 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 11954 if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11955 continue; 11956 11957 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 11958 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) 11959 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; 11960 break; 11961 } 11962 11963 return MissingPrototype; 11964 } 11965 11966 void 11967 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD, 11968 const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition, 11969 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 11970 const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition; 11971 if (!Definition) 11972 if (!FD->isDefined(Definition)) 11973 return; 11974 11975 if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) 11976 return; 11977 11978 // Don't emit an error when this is redifinition of a typo-corrected 11979 // definition. 11980 if (TypoCorrectedFunctionDefinitions.count(Definition)) 11981 return; 11982 11983 // If we don't have a visible definition of the function, and it's inline or 11984 // a template, skip the new definition. 11985 if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Definition) && 11986 (Definition->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 11987 Definition->isInlined() || 11988 Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() || 11989 Definition->getNumTemplateParameterLists())) { 11990 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 11991 if (auto *TD = Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 11992 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(TD); 11993 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(Definition)); 11994 return; 11995 } 11996 11997 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 11998 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 11999 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 12000 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 12001 else 12002 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 12003 12004 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12005 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12006 } 12007 12008 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 12009 Sema &S) { 12010 CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent(); 12011 12012 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope(); 12013 LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator; 12014 LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass; 12015 LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType(); 12016 const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault(); 12017 12018 if (LCD == LCD_None) 12019 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None; 12020 else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy) 12021 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval; 12022 else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef) 12023 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref; 12024 DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo(); 12025 12026 LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange(); 12027 LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst(); 12028 12029 // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already 12030 // captured within tryCaptureVar. 12031 auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin(); 12032 for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) { 12033 if (C.capturesVariable()) { 12034 VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar(); 12035 if (VD->isInitCapture()) 12036 S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD); 12037 QualType CaptureType = VD->getType(); 12038 const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef; 12039 LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef, 12040 /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture*/true, C.getLocation(), 12041 /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion() 12042 ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(), 12043 CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr); 12044 12045 } else if (C.capturesThis()) { 12046 LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(), 12047 /*Expr*/ nullptr, 12048 C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_StarThis); 12049 } else { 12050 LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getType()); 12051 } 12052 ++I; 12053 } 12054 } 12055 12056 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D, 12057 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 12058 if (!D) 12059 return D; 12060 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr; 12061 12062 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 12063 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 12064 else 12065 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 12066 12067 // Check for defining attributes before the check for redefinition. 12068 if (const auto *Attr = FD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 12069 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << FD << 0; 12070 FD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 12071 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12072 } 12073 if (const auto *Attr = FD->getAttr<IFuncAttr>()) { 12074 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << FD << 1; 12075 FD->dropAttr<IFuncAttr>(); 12076 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12077 } 12078 12079 // See if this is a redefinition. 12080 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) { 12081 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, nullptr, SkipBody); 12082 12083 // If we're skipping the body, we're done. Don't enter the scope. 12084 if (SkipBody && SkipBody->ShouldSkip) 12085 return D; 12086 } 12087 12088 // Mark this function as "will have a body eventually". This lets users to 12089 // call e.g. isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible while we're still parsing 12090 // this function. 12091 FD->setWillHaveBody(); 12092 12093 // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push 12094 // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack. But use the information 12095 // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current 12096 // LambdaScopeInfo. 12097 // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo, 12098 // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try 12099 // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential 12100 // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to 12101 // have the LSI properly restored. 12102 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) { 12103 assert(inTemplateInstantiation() && 12104 "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack " 12105 "when instantiating a generic lambda!"); 12106 RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this); 12107 } else { 12108 // Enter a new function scope 12109 PushFunctionScope(); 12110 } 12111 12112 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 12113 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 12114 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) && 12115 !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) { 12116 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 12117 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12118 } 12119 } 12120 12121 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 12122 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 12123 QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType(); 12124 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 12125 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 12126 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 12127 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 12128 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12129 12130 if (FnBodyScope) 12131 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 12132 12133 // Check the validity of our function parameters 12134 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->parameters(), 12135 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 12136 12137 // Add non-parameter declarations already in the function to the current 12138 // scope. 12139 if (FnBodyScope) { 12140 for (Decl *NPD : FD->decls()) { 12141 auto *NonParmDecl = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(NPD); 12142 if (!NonParmDecl) 12143 continue; 12144 assert(!isa<ParmVarDecl>(NonParmDecl) && 12145 "parameters should not be in newly created FD yet"); 12146 12147 // If the decl has a name, make it accessible in the current scope. 12148 if (NonParmDecl->getDeclName()) 12149 PushOnScopeChains(NonParmDecl, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 12150 12151 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 12152 // accessible in this scope. 12153 if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(NonParmDecl)) { 12154 for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators()) 12155 PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 12156 } 12157 } 12158 } 12159 12160 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 12161 for (auto Param : FD->parameters()) { 12162 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 12163 12164 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 12165 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 12166 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 12167 12168 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 12169 } 12170 } 12171 12172 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 12173 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 12174 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 12175 12176 // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions. 12177 if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() && 12178 !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) { 12179 assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()); 12180 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition); 12181 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12182 return D; 12183 } 12184 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 12185 // a function template). 12186 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 12187 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 12188 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl && 12189 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation) 12190 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container); 12191 12192 return D; 12193 } 12194 12195 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 12196 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 12197 /// optimization. 12198 /// 12199 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 12200 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 12201 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 12202 /// use the named return value optimization. 12203 /// 12204 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 12205 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that 12206 /// candidate is an NRVO variable. 12207 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 12208 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 12209 12210 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 12211 if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) { 12212 if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable()) 12213 Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr); 12214 } 12215 } 12216 } 12217 12218 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) { 12219 // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet). 12220 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 12221 return false; 12222 12223 // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced 12224 // return type (yet). 12225 if (D.getDeclSpec().hasAutoTypeSpec()) { 12226 // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type, 12227 // we can still delay parsing it. 12228 if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) { 12229 const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1); 12230 if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && 12231 Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) { 12232 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType()); 12233 return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType(); 12234 } 12235 } 12236 return false; 12237 } 12238 12239 return true; 12240 } 12241 12242 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 12243 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 12244 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 12245 // rest of the file. 12246 // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type, 12247 // because any callers of that function need to know the type. 12248 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction()) 12249 if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 12250 return false; 12251 return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D); 12252 } 12253 12254 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 12255 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) 12256 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 12257 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 12258 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 12259 return Decl; 12260 } 12261 12262 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 12263 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 12264 } 12265 12266 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 12267 bool IsInstantiation) { 12268 FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr; 12269 12270 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 12271 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr; 12272 12273 if (getLangOpts().CoroutinesTS && getCurFunction()->isCoroutine()) 12274 CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FD, Body); 12275 12276 if (FD) { 12277 FD->setBody(Body); 12278 FD->setWillHaveBody(false); 12279 12280 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { 12281 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && !FD->isDependentContext() && 12282 FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 12283 // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return' 12284 // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and 12285 // the deduced result type is 'void'. 12286 if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) { 12287 Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto) 12288 << FD->getReturnType(); 12289 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12290 } else { 12291 // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type. 12292 TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD); 12293 Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType( 12294 FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy)); 12295 } 12296 } 12297 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) { 12298 // In C++11, we don't use 'auto' deduction rules for lambda call 12299 // operators because we don't support return type deduction. 12300 auto *LSI = getCurLambda(); 12301 if (LSI->HasImplicitReturnType) { 12302 deduceClosureReturnType(*LSI); 12303 12304 // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p4: 12305 // [...] if there are no return statements in the compound-statement 12306 // [the deduced type is] the type void 12307 QualType RetType = 12308 LSI->ReturnType.isNull() ? Context.VoidTy : LSI->ReturnType; 12309 12310 // Update the return type to the deduced type. 12311 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = 12312 FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 12313 FD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(RetType, Proto->getParamTypes(), 12314 Proto->getExtProtoInfo())); 12315 } 12316 } 12317 12318 // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an 12319 // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this 12320 // is the first declaration. 12321 if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) { 12322 if (!FD->isExternallyVisible()) 12323 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 12324 else if (FD->isInlined() && 12325 !LangOpts.GNUInline && 12326 (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())) 12327 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 12328 } 12329 12330 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 12331 // don't complain about missing return statements. 12332 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 12333 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 12334 12335 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 12336 // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct. 12337 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl()) 12338 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition); 12339 12340 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 12341 // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions. 12342 if (!FD->isDeleted() && !FD->isDefaulted()) 12343 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->parameters()); 12344 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->parameters(), 12345 FD->getReturnType(), FD); 12346 12347 // If this is a structor, we need a vtable. 12348 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 12349 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 12350 else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD)) 12351 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Destructor->getParent()); 12352 12353 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 12354 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 12355 // to deduce an implicit return type. 12356 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() && 12357 !FD->isDependentContext()) 12358 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 12359 } 12360 12361 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 12362 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 12363 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 12364 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 12365 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 12366 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr; 12367 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { 12368 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 12369 12370 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 12371 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 12372 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 12373 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = 12374 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) { 12375 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 12376 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) 12377 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), 12378 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 12379 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype 12380 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void"); 12381 } 12382 } 12383 12384 // GNU warning -Wstrict-prototypes 12385 // Warn if K&R function is defined without a previous declaration. 12386 // This warning is issued only if the definition itself does not provide 12387 // a prototype. Only K&R definitions do not provide a prototype. 12388 // An empty list in a function declarator that is part of a definition 12389 // of that function specifies that the function has no parameters 12390 // (C99 6.7.5.3p14) 12391 if (!FD->hasWrittenPrototype() && FD->getNumParams() > 0 && 12392 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus) { 12393 TypeSourceInfo *TI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 12394 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 12395 FunctionTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAsAdjusted<FunctionTypeLoc>(); 12396 Diag(FTL.getLParenLoc(), diag::warn_strict_prototypes) << 2; 12397 } 12398 } 12399 12400 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 12401 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction; 12402 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && (MD = MD->getCanonicalDecl()) && 12403 MD->isVirtual() && 12404 (KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent())) && 12405 MD == KeyFunction->getCanonicalDecl()) { 12406 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 12407 if (FD->isInlined() && 12408 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 12409 Context.setNonKeyFunction(MD); 12410 12411 // If the newly-chosen key function is already defined, then we 12412 // need to mark the vtable as used retroactively. 12413 KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent()); 12414 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 12415 if (KeyFunction && KeyFunction->isDefined(Definition)) 12416 MarkVTableUsed(Definition->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 12417 } else { 12418 // We just defined they key function; mark the vtable as used. 12419 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 12420 } 12421 } 12422 } 12423 12424 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 12425 "Function parsing confused"); 12426 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 12427 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 12428 MD->setBody(Body); 12429 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 12430 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->parameters()); 12431 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->parameters(), 12432 MD->getReturnType(), MD); 12433 12434 if (Body) 12435 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 12436 } 12437 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 12438 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 12439 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 12440 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 12441 } 12442 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) { 12443 const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr; 12444 bool isDesignated = 12445 MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod); 12446 assert(isDesignated && InitMethod); 12447 (void)isDesignated; 12448 12449 auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) { 12450 auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface(); 12451 if (!IFace) 12452 return false; 12453 auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass(); 12454 if (!SuperD) 12455 return false; 12456 return SuperD->getIdentifier() == 12457 NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject); 12458 }; 12459 // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses 12460 // of NSObject. 12461 if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) { 12462 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 12463 diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call); 12464 Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(), 12465 diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here); 12466 } 12467 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false; 12468 } 12469 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) { 12470 // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits. 12471 if (!MD->isUnavailable()) 12472 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 12473 diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call); 12474 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false; 12475 } 12476 } else { 12477 return nullptr; 12478 } 12479 12480 if (Body && getCurFunction()->HasPotentialAvailabilityViolations) 12481 DiagnoseUnguardedAvailabilityViolations(dcl); 12482 12483 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 12484 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 12485 "handled in the block above."); 12486 12487 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 12488 if (Body && (!FD || !FD->isDefaulted())) { 12489 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 12490 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 12491 // Verify this. 12492 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 12493 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 12494 12495 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 12496 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 12497 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 12498 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 12499 12500 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 12501 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 12502 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 12503 12504 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 12505 Destructor->getParent()); 12506 } 12507 12508 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 12509 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 12510 // deletion in some later function. 12511 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 12512 getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 12513 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 12514 } 12515 if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 12516 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 12517 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 12518 // enabled. 12519 ActivePolicy = &WP; 12520 } 12521 12522 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 12523 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 12524 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 12525 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12526 12527 if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) { 12528 for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) { 12529 // Allow local register variables without initializer as they don't 12530 // require prologue. 12531 bool RegisterVariables = false; 12532 if (auto *DS = dyn_cast<DeclStmt>(S)) { 12533 for (const auto *Decl : DS->decls()) { 12534 if (const auto *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Decl)) { 12535 RegisterVariables = 12536 Var->hasAttr<AsmLabelAttr>() && !Var->hasInit(); 12537 if (!RegisterVariables) 12538 break; 12539 } 12540 } 12541 } 12542 if (RegisterVariables) 12543 continue; 12544 if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) { 12545 Diag(S->getLocStart(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function); 12546 Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 12547 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12548 break; 12549 } 12550 } 12551 } 12552 12553 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() == 12554 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects && 12555 "Leftover temporaries in function"); 12556 assert(!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 12557 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 12558 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 12559 } 12560 12561 if (!IsInstantiation) 12562 PopDeclContext(); 12563 12564 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 12565 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 12566 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 12567 // deletion in some later function. 12568 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 12569 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 12570 } 12571 12572 return dcl; 12573 } 12574 12575 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 12576 /// relevant Decl. 12577 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 12578 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 12579 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 12580 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 12581 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 12582 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 12583 12584 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 12585 if (Method->isStatic()) 12586 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 12587 } 12588 12589 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 12590 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 12591 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 12592 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 12593 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 12594 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 12595 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 12596 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 12597 if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) { 12598 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev; 12599 Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12600 return ExternCPrev; 12601 } 12602 12603 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 12604 unsigned diag_id; 12605 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 12606 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 12607 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.u - Implicit function declaration is not supported. 12608 else if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) 12609 diag_id = diag::err_opencl_implicit_function_decl; 12610 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 12611 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 12612 else 12613 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 12614 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 12615 12616 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 12617 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 12618 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 12619 TypoCorrection Corrected; 12620 if (S && 12621 (Corrected = CorrectTypo( 12622 DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr, 12623 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl>>(), CTK_NonError))) 12624 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion), 12625 /*ErrorRecovery*/false); 12626 } 12627 12628 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 12629 const char *Dummy; 12630 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 12631 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 12632 unsigned DiagID; 12633 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID, 12634 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 12635 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 12636 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 12637 SourceLocation NoLoc; 12638 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 12639 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 12640 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 12641 /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 12642 /*Params=*/nullptr, 12643 /*NumParams=*/0, 12644 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 12645 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 12646 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 12647 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 12648 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 12649 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 12650 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 12651 /*RestrictQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 12652 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, 12653 EST_None, 12654 /*ESpecRange=*/SourceRange(), 12655 /*Exceptions=*/nullptr, 12656 /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr, 12657 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 12658 /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr, 12659 /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr, 12660 /*DeclsInPrototype=*/None, 12661 Loc, Loc, D), 12662 DS.getAttributes(), 12663 SourceLocation()); 12664 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 12665 12666 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 12667 12668 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 12669 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 12670 12671 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 12672 FD->setImplicit(); 12673 12674 CurContext = PrevDC; 12675 12676 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 12677 12678 return FD; 12679 } 12680 12681 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 12682 /// the declaration of this function. 12683 /// 12684 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 12685 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 12686 /// like NSLog or printf. 12687 /// 12688 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 12689 /// attributes are applied to declarations. 12690 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 12691 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 12692 return; 12693 12694 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 12695 // actual attributes. 12696 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 12697 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 12698 unsigned FormatIdx; 12699 bool HasVAListArg; 12700 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 12701 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 12702 const char *fmt = "printf"; 12703 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 12704 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 12705 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 12706 fmt = "NSString"; 12707 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12708 &Context.Idents.get(fmt), 12709 FormatIdx+1, 12710 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 12711 FD->getLocation())); 12712 } 12713 } 12714 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 12715 HasVAListArg)) { 12716 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 12717 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12718 &Context.Idents.get("scanf"), 12719 FormatIdx+1, 12720 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 12721 FD->getLocation())); 12722 } 12723 12724 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 12725 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 12726 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 12727 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 12728 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 12729 if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 12730 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12731 } 12732 12733 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 12734 !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 12735 FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12736 FD->getLocation())); 12737 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 12738 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12739 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPure(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<PureAttr>()) 12740 FD->addAttr(PureAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12741 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 12742 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12743 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && Context.BuiltinInfo.isTSBuiltin(BuiltinID) && 12744 !FD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() && !FD->hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>()) { 12745 // Add the appropriate attribute, depending on the CUDA compilation mode 12746 // and which target the builtin belongs to. For example, during host 12747 // compilation, aux builtins are __device__, while the rest are __host__. 12748 if (getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice != 12749 Context.BuiltinInfo.isAuxBuiltinID(BuiltinID)) 12750 FD->addAttr(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12751 else 12752 FD->addAttr(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12753 } 12754 } 12755 12756 // If C++ exceptions are enabled but we are told extern "C" functions cannot 12757 // throw, add an implicit nothrow attribute to any extern "C" function we come 12758 // across. 12759 if (getLangOpts().CXXExceptions && getLangOpts().ExternCNoUnwind && 12760 FD->isExternC() && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) { 12761 const auto *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 12762 if (!FPT || FPT->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) 12763 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12764 } 12765 12766 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 12767 if (!Name) 12768 return; 12769 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 12770 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 12771 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 12772 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 12773 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 12774 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 12775 // about. 12776 } else 12777 return; 12778 12779 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 12780 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 12781 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 12782 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 12783 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12784 &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2, 12785 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3, 12786 FD->getLocation())); 12787 } 12788 12789 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 12790 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 12791 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 12792 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 12793 FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1, 12794 FD->getLocation())); 12795 } 12796 } 12797 12798 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 12799 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 12800 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 12801 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 12802 12803 if (!TInfo) { 12804 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 12805 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 12806 } 12807 12808 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 12809 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 12810 D.getLocStart(), 12811 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 12812 D.getIdentifier(), 12813 TInfo); 12814 12815 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 12816 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 12817 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 12818 return NewTD; 12819 } 12820 12821 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 12822 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 12823 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 12824 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 12825 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 12826 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 12827 else 12828 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 12829 } 12830 12831 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 12832 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 12833 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 12834 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 12835 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 12836 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 12837 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 12838 case TST_enum: 12839 case TST_struct: 12840 case TST_interface: 12841 case TST_union: 12842 case TST_class: { 12843 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 12844 setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(tagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 12845 break; 12846 } 12847 12848 default: 12849 break; 12850 } 12851 12852 return NewTD; 12853 } 12854 12855 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 12856 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 12857 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 12858 QualType T = TI->getType(); 12859 12860 if (T->isDependentType()) 12861 return false; 12862 12863 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 12864 if (BT->isInteger()) 12865 return false; 12866 12867 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 12868 return true; 12869 } 12870 12871 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 12872 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 12873 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration( 12874 SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 12875 bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit, const EnumDecl *Prev) { 12876 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 12877 12878 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 12879 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 12880 << Prev->isScoped(); 12881 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12882 return true; 12883 } 12884 12885 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 12886 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 12887 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 12888 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 12889 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 12890 // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration. 12891 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 12892 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 12893 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration) 12894 << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange(); 12895 return true; 12896 } 12897 } else if (IsFixed && !Prev->isFixed() && EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit) { 12898 ; 12899 } else if (!IsFixed && Prev->isFixed() && !Prev->getIntegerTypeSourceInfo()) { 12900 ; 12901 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 12902 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 12903 << Prev->isFixed(); 12904 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12905 return true; 12906 } 12907 12908 return false; 12909 } 12910 12911 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 12912 /// redeclaration diagnostic message. 12913 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 12914 /// 12915 /// \returns diagnostic %select index. 12916 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 12917 switch (Tag) { 12918 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 12919 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 12920 case TTK_Class: return 2; 12921 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 12922 } 12923 } 12924 12925 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 12926 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 12927 /// 12928 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 12929 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 12930 { 12931 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 12932 } 12933 12934 Sema::NonTagKind Sema::getNonTagTypeDeclKind(const Decl *PrevDecl, 12935 TagTypeKind TTK) { 12936 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12937 return NTK_Typedef; 12938 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12939 return NTK_TypeAlias; 12940 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12941 return NTK_Template; 12942 else if (isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12943 return NTK_TypeAliasTemplate; 12944 else if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12945 return NTK_TemplateTemplateArgument; 12946 switch (TTK) { 12947 case TTK_Struct: 12948 case TTK_Interface: 12949 case TTK_Class: 12950 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? NTK_NonClass : NTK_NonStruct; 12951 case TTK_Union: 12952 return NTK_NonUnion; 12953 case TTK_Enum: 12954 return NTK_NonEnum; 12955 } 12956 llvm_unreachable("invalid TTK"); 12957 } 12958 12959 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 12960 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 12961 /// 12962 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 12963 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 12964 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 12965 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 12966 const IdentifierInfo *Name) { 12967 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 12968 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 12969 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 12970 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 12971 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 12972 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 12973 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 12974 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 12975 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 12976 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 12977 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 12978 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 12979 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 12980 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 12981 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 12982 if (OldTag == NewTag) 12983 return true; 12984 12985 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 12986 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 12987 bool isTemplate = false; 12988 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 12989 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 12990 12991 if (inTemplateInstantiation()) { 12992 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 12993 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 12994 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 12995 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 12996 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 12997 return true; 12998 } 12999 13000 if (isDefinition) { 13001 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 13002 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 13003 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 13004 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 13005 return true; 13006 } 13007 13008 bool previousMismatch = false; 13009 for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) { 13010 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 13011 if (!previousMismatch) { 13012 previousMismatch = true; 13013 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 13014 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 13015 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 13016 } 13017 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 13018 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 13019 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 13020 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 13021 } 13022 } 13023 return true; 13024 } 13025 13026 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 13027 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 13028 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 13029 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 13030 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 13031 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 13032 return true; 13033 } 13034 13035 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 13036 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 13037 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 13038 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 13039 13040 // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it. 13041 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 13042 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 13043 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 13044 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 13045 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 13046 } 13047 13048 return true; 13049 } 13050 return false; 13051 } 13052 13053 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name 13054 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration. 13055 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet: 13056 /// namespace N { 13057 /// struct X; 13058 /// namespace M { 13059 /// struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; }; 13060 /// } 13061 /// } 13062 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S, 13063 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 13064 // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see 13065 // if we get the same namespace back. If we do not, continue until 13066 // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS. 13067 SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces; 13068 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 13069 for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) { 13070 // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by 13071 // other namespaces. Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain. 13072 NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 13073 if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace()) 13074 return FixItHint(); 13075 IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier(); 13076 Namespaces.push_back(II); 13077 NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName( 13078 S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName); 13079 if (Lookup == Namespace) 13080 break; 13081 } 13082 13083 // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and 13084 // build an NNS. 13085 SmallString<64> Insertion; 13086 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion); 13087 if (DC->isTranslationUnit()) 13088 OS << "::"; 13089 std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end()); 13090 for (auto *II : Namespaces) 13091 OS << II->getName() << "::"; 13092 return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion); 13093 } 13094 13095 /// \brief Determine whether a tag originally declared in context \p OldDC can 13096 /// be redeclared with an unqualfied name in \p NewDC (assuming name lookup 13097 /// found a declaration in \p OldDC as a previous decl, perhaps through a 13098 /// using-declaration). 13099 static bool isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(Sema &S, DeclContext *OldDC, 13100 DeclContext *NewDC) { 13101 OldDC = OldDC->getRedeclContext(); 13102 NewDC = NewDC->getRedeclContext(); 13103 13104 if (OldDC->Equals(NewDC)) 13105 return true; 13106 13107 // In MSVC mode, we allow a redeclaration if the contexts are related (either 13108 // encloses the other). 13109 if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && 13110 (OldDC->Encloses(NewDC) || NewDC->Encloses(OldDC))) 13111 return true; 13112 13113 return false; 13114 } 13115 13116 /// \brief This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 13117 /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 13118 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 13119 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 13120 /// 13121 /// \param IsTypeSpecifier \c true if this is a type-specifier (or 13122 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration. 13123 /// 13124 /// \param SkipBody If non-null, will be set to indicate if the caller should 13125 /// skip the definition of this tag and treat it as if it were a declaration. 13126 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 13127 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 13128 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 13129 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 13130 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 13131 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 13132 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 13133 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 13134 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 13135 TypeResult UnderlyingType, 13136 bool IsTypeSpecifier, bool IsTemplateParamOrArg, 13137 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 13138 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 13139 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 13140 assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 13141 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 13142 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 13143 13144 OwnedDecl = false; 13145 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 13146 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 13147 13148 // FIXME: Check member specializations more carefully. 13149 bool isMemberSpecialization = false; 13150 bool Invalid = false; 13151 13152 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 13153 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 13154 // for non-C++ cases. 13155 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 13156 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 13157 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 13158 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 13159 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists, 13160 TUK == TUK_Friend, isMemberSpecialization, Invalid)) { 13161 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 13162 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template); 13163 return nullptr; 13164 } 13165 13166 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 13167 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 13168 // be a member of another template). 13169 13170 if (Invalid) 13171 return nullptr; 13172 13173 OwnedDecl = false; 13174 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 13175 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 13176 TemplateParams, AS, 13177 ModulePrivateLoc, 13178 /*FriendLoc*/SourceLocation(), 13179 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 13180 TemplateParameterLists.data(), 13181 SkipBody); 13182 return Result.get(); 13183 } else { 13184 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 13185 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 13186 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 13187 isMemberSpecialization = true; 13188 } 13189 } 13190 } 13191 13192 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 13193 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 13194 // redeclaration. 13195 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 13196 bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit = false; 13197 13198 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 13199 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 13200 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 13201 // type, default to int. 13202 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 13203 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 13204 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 13205 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 13206 TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr; 13207 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 13208 EnumUnderlying = TI; 13209 13210 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 13211 // Recover by falling back to int. 13212 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 13213 13214 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 13215 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 13216 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 13217 13218 } else if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 13219 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat || TUK == TUK_Definition) { 13220 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 13221 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 13222 EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit = true; 13223 } 13224 } 13225 } 13226 13227 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 13228 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 13229 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 13230 bool isStdAlignValT = false; 13231 13232 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 13233 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 13234 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 13235 13236 /// Create a new tag decl in C/ObjC. Since the ODR-like semantics for ObjC/C 13237 /// implemented asks for structural equivalence checking, the returned decl 13238 /// here is passed back to the parser, allowing the tag body to be parsed. 13239 auto createTagFromNewDecl = [&]() -> TagDecl * { 13240 assert(!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "not meant for C++ usage"); 13241 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 13242 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 13243 // keyword. 13244 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 13245 TagDecl *New = nullptr; 13246 13247 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 13248 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, nullptr, 13249 ScopedEnum, ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 13250 !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 13251 // If this is an undefined enum, bail. 13252 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) 13253 return nullptr; 13254 if (EnumUnderlying) { 13255 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 13256 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo *>()) 13257 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 13258 else 13259 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type *>(), 0)); 13260 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 13261 } 13262 } else { // struct/union 13263 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 13264 nullptr); 13265 } 13266 13267 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 13268 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked 13269 // when the ASTContext lays out the structure. 13270 // 13271 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 13272 // happen here (in ActOnTag). The #pragma pack stack is 13273 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 13274 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 13275 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 13276 // parsing of the struct). 13277 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 13278 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 13279 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 13280 } 13281 } 13282 return New; 13283 }; 13284 13285 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 13286 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 13287 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 13288 13289 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 13290 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 13291 Name = nullptr; 13292 goto CreateNewDecl; 13293 } 13294 13295 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 13296 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 13297 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 13298 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 13299 if (!DC) { 13300 IsDependent = true; 13301 return nullptr; 13302 } 13303 } else { 13304 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 13305 if (!DC) { 13306 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 13307 << SS.getRange(); 13308 return nullptr; 13309 } 13310 } 13311 13312 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 13313 return nullptr; 13314 13315 SearchDC = DC; 13316 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 13317 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 13318 13319 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 13320 return nullptr; 13321 13322 if (Previous.empty()) { 13323 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 13324 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 13325 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 13326 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 13327 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 13328 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 13329 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 13330 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 13331 IsDependent = true; 13332 return nullptr; 13333 } 13334 13335 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 13336 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 13337 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 13338 Name = nullptr; 13339 Invalid = true; 13340 goto CreateNewDecl; 13341 } 13342 } else if (Name) { 13343 // C++14 [class.mem]p14: 13344 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 13345 // name different from T: 13346 // -- every member of class T that is itself a type 13347 if (TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 13348 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(SearchDC, DeclarationNameInfo(Name, NameLoc))) 13349 return nullptr; 13350 13351 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 13352 // declaration or definition. 13353 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 13354 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 13355 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 13356 LookupName(Previous, S); 13357 13358 // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced 13359 // by types using'ed into this scope. 13360 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 13361 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 13362 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 13363 while (F.hasNext()) { 13364 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 13365 if (!ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 13366 SearchDC->getRedeclContext())) 13367 F.erase(); 13368 } 13369 F.done(); 13370 } 13371 13372 // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3: 13373 // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor 13374 // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an 13375 // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether 13376 // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider 13377 // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace. 13378 // 13379 // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag 13380 // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing 13381 // scope. They do implement this rule for friend functions. 13382 // 13383 // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by 13384 // semantic context? 13385 if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) { 13386 DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 13387 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 13388 bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false; 13389 while (F.hasNext()) { 13390 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 13391 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 13392 if (DC->isFileContext() && 13393 !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) { 13394 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 13395 FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true; 13396 else 13397 F.erase(); 13398 } 13399 } 13400 F.done(); 13401 13402 // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have 13403 // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace. 13404 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) { 13405 NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 13406 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace) 13407 << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc); 13408 } 13409 } 13410 13411 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 13412 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 13413 return nullptr; 13414 13415 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 13416 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 13417 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 13418 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 13419 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 13420 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 13421 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 13422 } 13423 } 13424 13425 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 13426 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 13427 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 13428 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 13429 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 13430 Previous.clear(); 13431 } 13432 13433 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 13434 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace())) { 13435 if (Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 13436 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 13437 isStdBadAlloc = true; 13438 13439 // If std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 13440 // name lookup), fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 13441 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 13442 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) 13443 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 13444 } else if (Name->isStr("align_val_t")) { 13445 isStdAlignValT = true; 13446 if (Previous.empty() && StdAlignValT) 13447 Previous.addDecl(getStdAlignValT()); 13448 } 13449 } 13450 13451 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 13452 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 13453 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 13454 // there's a shadow friend decl. 13455 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 13456 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || IsTemplateParamOrArg)) { 13457 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 13458 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 13459 13460 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || IsTemplateParamOrArg) { 13461 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 13462 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 13463 // 13464 // class-key identifier 13465 // 13466 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 13467 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 13468 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 13469 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 13470 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 13471 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 13472 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 13473 // declaration. 13474 // 13475 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 13476 // C structs and unions. 13477 // 13478 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 13479 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 13480 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 13481 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 13482 // 13483 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 13484 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 13485 // 13486 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 13487 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 13488 // lexical context, 13489 SearchDC = getTagInjectionContext(SearchDC); 13490 13491 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 13492 S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts()); 13493 } else { 13494 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 13495 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 13496 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 13497 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 13498 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 13499 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 13500 } 13501 13502 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 13503 // diagnose some problems. 13504 // FIXME: redeclaration lookup is also used (with and without C++) to find a 13505 // hidden declaration so that we don't get ambiguity errors when using a 13506 // type declared by an elaborated-type-specifier. In C that is not correct 13507 // and we should instead merge compatible types found by lookup. 13508 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13509 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 13510 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 13511 } else { 13512 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 13513 LookupName(Previous, S); 13514 } 13515 } 13516 13517 // If we have a known previous declaration to use, then use it. 13518 if (Previous.empty() && SkipBody && SkipBody->Previous) 13519 Previous.addDecl(SkipBody->Previous); 13520 13521 if (!Previous.empty()) { 13522 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 13523 NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 13524 13525 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 13526 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 13527 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 13528 // in C++. 13529 // 13530 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 13531 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 13532 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 13533 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 13534 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13535 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 13536 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 13537 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 13538 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 13539 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 13540 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 13541 PrevDecl = Tag; 13542 Previous.clear(); 13543 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 13544 Previous.resolveKind(); 13545 } 13546 } 13547 } 13548 } 13549 13550 // If this is a redeclaration of a using shadow declaration, it must 13551 // declare a tag in the same context. In MSVC mode, we allow a 13552 // redefinition if either context is within the other. 13553 if (auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(DirectPrevDecl)) { 13554 auto *OldTag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl); 13555 if (SS.isEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 13556 isDeclInScope(Shadow, SearchDC, S, isMemberSpecialization) && 13557 !(OldTag && isAcceptableTagRedeclContext( 13558 *this, OldTag->getDeclContext(), SearchDC))) { 13559 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 13560 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 13561 diag::note_using_decl_target); 13562 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) 13563 << 0; 13564 // Recover by ignoring the old declaration. 13565 Previous.clear(); 13566 goto CreateNewDecl; 13567 } 13568 } 13569 13570 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 13571 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 13572 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 13573 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 13574 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 13575 isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 13576 SS.isNotEmpty() || isMemberSpecialization)) { 13577 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 13578 // struct or something similar. 13579 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 13580 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 13581 Name)) { 13582 bool SafeToContinue 13583 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 13584 Kind != TTK_Enum); 13585 if (SafeToContinue) 13586 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 13587 << Name 13588 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 13589 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 13590 else 13591 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 13592 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 13593 13594 if (SafeToContinue) 13595 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 13596 else { 13597 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 13598 Name = nullptr; 13599 Previous.clear(); 13600 Invalid = true; 13601 } 13602 } 13603 13604 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 13605 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 13606 13607 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 13608 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 13609 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 13610 if (ScopedEnum) 13611 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 13612 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 13613 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 13614 return PrevTagDecl; 13615 } 13616 13617 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 13618 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 13619 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 13620 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 13621 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 13622 13623 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 13624 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 13625 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 13626 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 13627 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, 13628 EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit, PrevEnum)) 13629 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr; 13630 } 13631 13632 // C++11 [class.mem]p1: 13633 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification, 13634 // except that a nested class or member class template can be declared 13635 // and then later defined. 13636 if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() && 13637 S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 13638 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared); 13639 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 13640 } 13641 13642 if (!Invalid) { 13643 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless 13644 // we have attributes. 13645 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 13646 if (Attr) { 13647 // FIXME: Diagnose these attributes. For now, we create a new 13648 // declaration to hold them. 13649 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference && 13650 (PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() == 13651 Decl::FOK_Undeclared || 13652 PrevDecl->getOwningModule() != getCurrentModule()) && 13653 SS.isEmpty()) { 13654 // This declaration is a reference to an existing entity, but 13655 // has different visibility from that entity: it either makes 13656 // a friend visible or it makes a type visible in a new module. 13657 // In either case, create a new declaration. We only do this if 13658 // the declaration would have meant the same thing if no prior 13659 // declaration were found, that is, if it was found in the same 13660 // scope where we would have injected a declaration. 13661 if (!getTagInjectionContext(CurContext)->getRedeclContext() 13662 ->Equals(PrevDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 13663 return PrevTagDecl; 13664 // This is in the injected scope, create a new declaration in 13665 // that scope. 13666 S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts()); 13667 } else { 13668 return PrevTagDecl; 13669 } 13670 } 13671 13672 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 13673 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 13674 if (NamedDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 13675 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 13676 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 13677 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 13678 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 13679 if (isMemberSpecialization) { 13680 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 13681 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 13682 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 13683 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 13684 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 13685 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 13686 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 13687 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 13688 } 13689 13690 // Note that clang allows ODR-like semantics for ObjC/C, i.e., do 13691 // not keep more that one definition around (merge them). However, 13692 // ensure the decl passes the structural compatibility check in 13693 // C11 6.2.7/1 (or 6.1.2.6/1 in C89). 13694 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 13695 if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden)) { 13696 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. We 13697 // explicitly make use of C++'s one definition rule here, and 13698 // assume that this definition is identical to the hidden one 13699 // we already have. Make the existing definition visible and 13700 // use it in place of this one. 13701 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13702 // Postpone making the old definition visible until after we 13703 // complete parsing the new one and do the structural 13704 // comparison. 13705 SkipBody->CheckSameAsPrevious = true; 13706 SkipBody->New = createTagFromNewDecl(); 13707 SkipBody->Previous = Hidden; 13708 } else { 13709 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 13710 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden); 13711 } 13712 return Def; 13713 } else if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 13714 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 13715 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 13716 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 13717 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 13718 else 13719 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 13720 notePreviousDefinition(Def, 13721 NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc); 13722 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 13723 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 13724 // references get the previous definition. 13725 Name = nullptr; 13726 Previous.clear(); 13727 Invalid = true; 13728 } 13729 } else { 13730 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 13731 // about a nested redefinition. 13732 auto *TD = Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)->getAsTagDecl(); 13733 if (TD->isBeingDefined()) { 13734 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 13735 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 13736 diag::note_previous_definition); 13737 Name = nullptr; 13738 Previous.clear(); 13739 Invalid = true; 13740 } 13741 } 13742 13743 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 13744 // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 13745 } 13746 13747 // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration. If this is some kind 13748 // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC 13749 // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier. 13750 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 13751 SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext(); 13752 AS = AS_none; 13753 } 13754 } 13755 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 13756 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 13757 13758 } else { 13759 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 13760 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 13761 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 13762 // have distinct types. 13763 Previous.clear(); 13764 } 13765 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 13766 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 13767 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 13768 13769 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 13770 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 13771 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 13772 } else { 13773 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 13774 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 13775 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 13776 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 13777 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 13778 NonTagKind NTK = getNonTagTypeDeclKind(PrevDecl, Kind); 13779 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << PrevDecl << NTK 13780 << Kind; 13781 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 13782 Invalid = true; 13783 13784 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 13785 } else if (!isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 13786 SS.isNotEmpty() || isMemberSpecialization)) { 13787 // do nothing 13788 13789 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 13790 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 13791 NonTagKind NTK = getNonTagTypeDeclKind(PrevDecl, Kind); 13792 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << NTK; 13793 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 13794 Invalid = true; 13795 13796 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 13797 // case here. 13798 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 13799 unsigned Kind = 0; 13800 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 13801 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 13802 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 13803 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 13804 Invalid = true; 13805 13806 // Otherwise, diagnose. 13807 } else { 13808 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 13809 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 13810 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 13811 notePreviousDefinition(PrevDecl, NameLoc); 13812 Name = nullptr; 13813 Invalid = true; 13814 } 13815 13816 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 13817 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 13818 Previous.clear(); 13819 } 13820 } 13821 13822 CreateNewDecl: 13823 13824 TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 13825 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 13826 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 13827 13828 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 13829 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 13830 // keyword. 13831 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 13832 13833 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 13834 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 13835 // PrevDecl. 13836 TagDecl *New; 13837 13838 bool IsForwardReference = false; 13839 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 13840 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 13841 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 13842 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 13843 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 13844 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 13845 13846 if (isStdAlignValT && (!StdAlignValT || getStdAlignValT()->isImplicit())) 13847 StdAlignValT = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 13848 13849 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 13850 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 13851 TagDecl *Def; 13852 if (!EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit && 13853 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) && 13854 cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 13855 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 13856 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 13857 } 13858 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 13859 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 13860 << New; 13861 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13862 } else { 13863 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 13864 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 13865 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 13866 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13867 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 13868 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 13869 13870 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 13871 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 13872 // the declaration context. 13873 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 13874 IsForwardReference = true; 13875 } 13876 } 13877 13878 if (EnumUnderlying) { 13879 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 13880 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 13881 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 13882 else 13883 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 13884 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 13885 } 13886 } else { 13887 // struct/union/class 13888 13889 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 13890 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 13891 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13892 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 13893 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 13894 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 13895 13896 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 13897 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 13898 } else 13899 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 13900 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 13901 } 13902 13903 // C++11 [dcl.type]p3: 13904 // A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...]. 13905 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && (IsTypeSpecifier || IsTemplateParamOrArg) && 13906 TUK == TUK_Definition) { 13907 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier) 13908 << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 13909 Invalid = true; 13910 } 13911 13912 // Maybe add qualifier info. 13913 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 13914 if (SS.isSet()) { 13915 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 13916 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 13917 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 13918 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 13919 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 13920 if (!isMemberSpecialization && 13921 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 13922 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, Loc)) 13923 Invalid = true; 13924 13925 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 13926 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 13927 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParameterLists); 13928 } 13929 } 13930 else 13931 Invalid = true; 13932 } 13933 13934 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 13935 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 13936 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 13937 // 13938 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 13939 // happen here (in ActOnTag). The #pragma pack stack is 13940 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 13941 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 13942 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 13943 // parsing of the struct). 13944 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 13945 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 13946 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 13947 } 13948 } 13949 13950 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 13951 if (isMemberSpecialization) 13952 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 13953 << 2 13954 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 13955 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 13956 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 13957 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 13958 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 13959 New->setModulePrivate(); 13960 } 13961 13962 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 13963 // check the specialization. 13964 if (isMemberSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 13965 Invalid = true; 13966 13967 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C, 13968 // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to 13969 // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 13970 if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) && 13971 getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 13972 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13973 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 13974 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 13975 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) { 13976 Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 13977 << Name; 13978 Invalid = true; 13979 } 13980 } else if (!PrevDecl) { 13981 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 13982 } 13983 } 13984 13985 if (Invalid) 13986 New->setInvalidDecl(); 13987 13988 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 13989 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 13990 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 13991 13992 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 13993 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 13994 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 13995 // the tag name visible. 13996 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 13997 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat); 13998 13999 // Set the access specifier. 14000 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 14001 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 14002 14003 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 14004 New->startDefinition(); 14005 14006 if (Attr) 14007 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 14008 AddPragmaAttributes(S, New); 14009 14010 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 14011 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 14012 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 14013 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 14014 if (PrevDecl) 14015 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 14016 14017 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 14018 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 14019 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 14020 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 14021 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 14022 } else if (Name) { 14023 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 14024 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 14025 if (IsForwardReference) 14026 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 14027 } else { 14028 CurContext->addDecl(New); 14029 } 14030 14031 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 14032 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 14033 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 14034 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 14035 II->isStr("FILE")) 14036 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 14037 14038 if (PrevDecl) 14039 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 14040 14041 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 14042 // record. 14043 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 14044 14045 if (isMemberSpecialization && !New->isInvalidDecl()) 14046 CompleteMemberSpecialization(New, Previous); 14047 14048 OwnedDecl = true; 14049 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 14050 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 14051 if (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14052 if (New->isBeingDefined()) 14053 if (auto RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) 14054 RD->completeDefinition(); 14055 return nullptr; 14056 } else { 14057 return New; 14058 } 14059 } 14060 14061 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 14062 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 14063 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 14064 14065 // Enter the tag context. 14066 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 14067 14068 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 14069 14070 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 14071 // record. 14072 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 14073 } 14074 14075 bool Sema::ActOnDuplicateDefinition(DeclSpec &DS, Decl *Prev, 14076 SkipBodyInfo &SkipBody) { 14077 if (!hasStructuralCompatLayout(Prev, SkipBody.New)) 14078 return false; 14079 14080 // Make the previous decl visible. 14081 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(SkipBody.Previous); 14082 return true; 14083 } 14084 14085 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 14086 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 14087 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 14088 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 14089 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 14090 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 14091 CurContext = OCD; 14092 return IDecl; 14093 } 14094 14095 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 14096 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 14097 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, 14098 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 14099 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 14100 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 14101 14102 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 14103 14104 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 14105 return; 14106 14107 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 14108 Record->addAttr(new (Context) 14109 FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed)); 14110 14111 // C++ [class]p2: 14112 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 14113 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 14114 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 14115 // as if it were a public member name. 14116 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 14117 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 14118 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 14119 Record->getIdentifier(), 14120 /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr, 14121 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 14122 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 14123 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 14124 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 14125 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 14126 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 14127 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 14128 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 14129 "Broken injected-class-name"); 14130 } 14131 14132 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 14133 SourceRange BraceRange) { 14134 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 14135 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 14136 Tag->setBraceRange(BraceRange); 14137 14138 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 14139 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 14140 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 14141 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 14142 RD->completeDefinition(); 14143 } 14144 14145 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 14146 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 14147 } 14148 14149 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 14150 PopDeclContext(); 14151 14152 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 14153 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 14154 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 14155 14156 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 14157 if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 14158 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 14159 } 14160 14161 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 14162 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 14163 PopDeclContext(); 14164 } 14165 14166 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 14167 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 14168 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 14169 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 14170 } 14171 14172 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 14173 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 14174 OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr; 14175 } 14176 14177 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 14178 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 14179 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 14180 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 14181 14182 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 14183 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 14184 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 14185 RD->completeDefinition(); 14186 } 14187 14188 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 14189 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 14190 // the FieldCollector. 14191 14192 PopDeclContext(); 14193 } 14194 14195 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 14196 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 14197 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 14198 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, 14199 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) { 14200 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 14201 if (ZeroWidth) 14202 *ZeroWidth = true; 14203 14204 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 14205 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 14206 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 14207 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 14208 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 14209 return ExprError(); 14210 if (FieldName) 14211 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 14212 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 14213 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 14214 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 14215 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 14216 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 14217 return ExprError(); 14218 14219 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 14220 // it now. 14221 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 14222 return BitWidth; 14223 14224 llvm::APSInt Value; 14225 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 14226 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 14227 return ICE; 14228 BitWidth = ICE.get(); 14229 14230 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 14231 *ZeroWidth = false; 14232 14233 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 14234 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 14235 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 14236 14237 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 14238 if (FieldName) 14239 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 14240 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 14241 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 14242 << Value.toString(10); 14243 } 14244 14245 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 14246 uint64_t TypeStorageSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 14247 uint64_t TypeWidth = Context.getIntWidth(FieldTy); 14248 bool BitfieldIsOverwide = Value.ugt(TypeWidth); 14249 14250 // Over-wide bitfields are an error in C or when using the MSVC bitfield 14251 // ABI. 14252 bool CStdConstraintViolation = 14253 BitfieldIsOverwide && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 14254 bool MSBitfieldViolation = 14255 Value.ugt(TypeStorageSize) && 14256 (IsMsStruct || Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()); 14257 if (CStdConstraintViolation || MSBitfieldViolation) { 14258 unsigned DiagWidth = 14259 CStdConstraintViolation ? TypeWidth : TypeStorageSize; 14260 if (FieldName) 14261 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 14262 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 14263 << !CStdConstraintViolation << DiagWidth; 14264 14265 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 14266 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << !CStdConstraintViolation 14267 << DiagWidth; 14268 } 14269 14270 // Warn on types where the user might conceivably expect to get all 14271 // specified bits as value bits: that's all integral types other than 14272 // 'bool'. 14273 if (BitfieldIsOverwide && !FieldTy->isBooleanType()) { 14274 if (FieldName) 14275 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 14276 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 14277 << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 14278 else 14279 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 14280 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 14281 } 14282 } 14283 14284 return BitWidth; 14285 } 14286 14287 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 14288 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 14289 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 14290 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 14291 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 14292 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 14293 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 14294 return Res; 14295 } 14296 14297 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 14298 /// 14299 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 14300 SourceLocation DeclStart, 14301 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 14302 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 14303 AccessSpecifier AS) { 14304 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 14305 const DecompositionDeclarator &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator(); 14306 Diag(Decomp.getLSquareLoc(), diag::err_decomp_decl_context) 14307 << Decomp.getSourceRange(); 14308 return nullptr; 14309 } 14310 14311 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 14312 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 14313 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 14314 14315 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 14316 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 14317 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14318 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 14319 14320 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 14321 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 14322 D.setInvalidType(); 14323 T = Context.IntTy; 14324 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 14325 } 14326 } 14327 14328 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces. 14329 if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) { 14330 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); 14331 D.setInvalidType(); 14332 } 14333 14334 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9b,r & OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The following types cannot be 14335 // used as structure or union field: image, sampler, event or block types. 14336 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && (T->isEventT() || T->isImageType() || 14337 T->isSamplerT() || T->isBlockPointerType())) { 14338 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_type_struct_or_union_field) << T; 14339 D.setInvalidType(); 14340 } 14341 14342 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 14343 14344 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 14345 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 14346 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z; 14347 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 14348 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 14349 diag::err_invalid_thread) 14350 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 14351 14352 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 14353 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 14354 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 14355 LookupName(Previous, S); 14356 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 14357 case LookupResult::Found: 14358 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 14359 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 14360 break; 14361 14362 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 14363 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 14364 break; 14365 14366 case LookupResult::NotFound: 14367 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 14368 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 14369 break; 14370 } 14371 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 14372 14373 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 14374 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 14375 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 14376 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 14377 PrevDecl = nullptr; 14378 } 14379 14380 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 14381 PrevDecl = nullptr; 14382 14383 bool Mutable 14384 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 14385 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 14386 FieldDecl *NewFD 14387 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 14388 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 14389 14390 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 14391 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 14392 14393 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 14394 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 14395 14396 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 14397 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 14398 // with the same name in the same scope. 14399 } else if (II) { 14400 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 14401 } else 14402 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 14403 14404 return NewFD; 14405 } 14406 14407 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 14408 /// 14409 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 14410 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 14411 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 14412 /// created. 14413 /// 14414 /// \returns a new FieldDecl. 14415 /// 14416 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 14417 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 14418 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 14419 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 14420 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 14421 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 14422 SourceLocation TSSL, 14423 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 14424 Declarator *D) { 14425 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 14426 bool InvalidDecl = false; 14427 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 14428 14429 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 14430 // marking this declaration as invalid. 14431 if (T.isNull()) { 14432 InvalidDecl = true; 14433 T = Context.IntTy; 14434 } 14435 14436 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 14437 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 14438 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 14439 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 14440 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 14441 InvalidDecl = true; 14442 } else { 14443 NamedDecl *Def; 14444 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 14445 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 14446 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 14447 InvalidDecl = true; 14448 } 14449 } 14450 } 14451 14452 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. 14453 if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 14454 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 14455 InvalidDecl = true; 14456 } 14457 14458 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 14459 // than a variably modified type. 14460 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 14461 bool SizeIsNegative; 14462 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 14463 14464 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 14465 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 14466 SizeIsNegative, 14467 Oversized); 14468 if (FixedTInfo) { 14469 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 14470 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 14471 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 14472 } else { 14473 if (SizeIsNegative) 14474 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 14475 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 14476 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 14477 << Oversized.toString(10); 14478 else 14479 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 14480 InvalidDecl = true; 14481 } 14482 } 14483 14484 // Fields can not have abstract class types 14485 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 14486 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 14487 AbstractFieldType)) 14488 InvalidDecl = true; 14489 14490 bool ZeroWidth = false; 14491 if (InvalidDecl) 14492 BitWidth = nullptr; 14493 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 14494 if (BitWidth) { 14495 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth, 14496 &ZeroWidth).get(); 14497 if (!BitWidth) { 14498 InvalidDecl = true; 14499 BitWidth = nullptr; 14500 ZeroWidth = false; 14501 } 14502 } 14503 14504 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 14505 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 14506 unsigned DiagID = 0; 14507 if (T->isReferenceType()) 14508 DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_mutable_reference 14509 : diag::err_mutable_reference; 14510 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 14511 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 14512 14513 if (DiagID) { 14514 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 14515 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 14516 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 14517 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 14518 if (DiagID != diag::ext_mutable_reference) { 14519 Mutable = false; 14520 InvalidDecl = true; 14521 } 14522 } 14523 } 14524 14525 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 14526 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 14527 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 14528 if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit) 14529 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc); 14530 14531 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 14532 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 14533 if (InvalidDecl) 14534 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 14535 14536 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 14537 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 14538 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 14539 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 14540 } 14541 14542 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14543 if (Record->isUnion()) { 14544 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 14545 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 14546 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 14547 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 14548 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 14549 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 14550 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 14551 // objects. 14552 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 14553 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 14554 } 14555 } 14556 14557 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 14558 // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions 14559 // enabled. 14560 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 14561 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 14562 diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type : 14563 diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 14564 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 14565 if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 14566 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 14567 } 14568 } 14569 } 14570 14571 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 14572 // representation, not a parser representation. 14573 if (D) { 14574 // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here. 14575 ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D); 14576 14577 if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) 14578 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); 14579 } 14580 14581 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 14582 // retainable type. 14583 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 14584 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 14585 14586 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 14587 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 14588 14589 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 14590 return NewFD; 14591 } 14592 14593 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 14594 assert(FD); 14595 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 14596 14597 if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType()) 14598 return false; 14599 14600 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 14601 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 14602 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 14603 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 14604 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 14605 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 14606 // copy constructors. 14607 14608 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 14609 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 14610 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 14611 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 14612 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 14613 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 14614 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 14615 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 14616 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 14617 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 14618 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 14619 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 14620 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 14621 member = CXXDestructor; 14622 14623 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 14624 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 14625 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 14626 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 14627 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 14628 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 14629 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 14630 // members unavailable. 14631 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 14632 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 14633 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 14634 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "", 14635 UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, Loc)); 14636 return false; 14637 } 14638 } 14639 14640 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 14641 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 14642 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 14643 << FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 14644 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 14645 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 14646 } 14647 } 14648 } 14649 14650 return false; 14651 } 14652 14653 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 14654 /// AST enum value. 14655 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 14656 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 14657 switch (ivarVisibility) { 14658 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 14659 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 14660 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 14661 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 14662 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 14663 } 14664 } 14665 14666 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 14667 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 14668 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 14669 SourceLocation DeclStart, 14670 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 14671 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 14672 14673 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 14674 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 14675 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 14676 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 14677 14678 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 14679 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 14680 14681 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 14682 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 14683 14684 if (BitWidth) { 14685 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 14686 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get(); 14687 if (!BitWidth) 14688 D.setInvalidType(); 14689 } else { 14690 // Not a bitfield. 14691 14692 // validate II. 14693 14694 } 14695 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 14696 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 14697 D.setInvalidType(); 14698 } 14699 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 14700 // than a variably modified type. 14701 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 14702 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 14703 D.setInvalidType(); 14704 } 14705 14706 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 14707 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 14708 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 14709 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 14710 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 14711 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 14712 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 14713 return nullptr; 14714 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 14715 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 14716 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14717 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 14718 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 14719 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 14720 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 14721 } 14722 else 14723 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 14724 } else { 14725 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 14726 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14727 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 14728 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 14729 return nullptr; 14730 } 14731 } 14732 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 14733 } 14734 14735 // Construct the decl. 14736 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 14737 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 14738 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 14739 14740 if (II) { 14741 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 14742 ForRedeclaration); 14743 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 14744 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 14745 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 14746 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 14747 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 14748 } 14749 } 14750 14751 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 14752 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 14753 14754 if (D.isInvalidType()) 14755 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 14756 14757 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 14758 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 14759 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 14760 14761 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 14762 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 14763 14764 if (II) { 14765 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 14766 // these to the interface. 14767 S->AddDecl(NewID); 14768 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 14769 } 14770 14771 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 14772 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 14773 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 14774 14775 return NewID; 14776 } 14777 14778 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 14779 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class 14780 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 14781 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 14782 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 14783 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 14784 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 14785 return; 14786 14787 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 14788 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 14789 14790 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 14791 return; 14792 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 14793 if (!ID) { 14794 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 14795 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 14796 return; 14797 } 14798 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 14799 else 14800 return; 14801 } 14802 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 14803 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 14804 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 14805 14806 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 14807 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr, 14808 Context.CharTy, 14809 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 14810 DeclLoc), 14811 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 14812 true); 14813 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 14814 } 14815 14816 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 14817 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac, 14818 SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) { 14819 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 14820 14821 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 14822 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 14823 // it will now change. 14824 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14825 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 14826 switch (DC->getKind()) { 14827 default: break; 14828 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 14829 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 14830 break; 14831 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 14832 Context. 14833 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 14834 break; 14835 } 14836 } 14837 14838 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 14839 14840 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 14841 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 14842 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 14843 if (Record) { 14844 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 14845 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 14846 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 14847 ++NumNamedMembers; 14848 } 14849 } 14850 14851 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 14852 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 14853 14854 bool ObjCFieldLifetimeErrReported = false; 14855 for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 14856 i != end; ++i) { 14857 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 14858 14859 // Get the type for the field. 14860 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 14861 14862 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 14863 // Remember all fields written by the user. 14864 RecFields.push_back(FD); 14865 } 14866 14867 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 14868 // diagnostics about it. 14869 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 14870 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 14871 continue; 14872 } 14873 14874 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 14875 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 14876 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 14877 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 14878 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 14879 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 14880 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 14881 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 14882 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 14883 // array. 14884 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 14885 // Field declared as a function. 14886 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 14887 << FD->getDeclName(); 14888 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14889 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 14890 continue; 14891 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 14892 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 14893 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 14894 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 14895 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 14896 // Flexible array member. 14897 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 14898 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 14899 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 14900 unsigned DiagID = 0; 14901 if (Record->isUnion()) 14902 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 14903 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms 14904 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 14905 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu 14906 : diag::err_flexible_array_union; 14907 else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) 14908 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 14909 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms 14910 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 14911 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu 14912 : diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate; 14913 14914 if (DiagID) 14915 Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName() 14916 << Record->getTagKind(); 14917 // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified 14918 // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place 14919 // virtual bases after the derived members. This would make a flexible 14920 // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end 14921 // of the type. 14922 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) 14923 if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0) 14924 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base) 14925 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 14926 if (!getLangOpts().C99) 14927 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 14928 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 14929 14930 // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not 14931 // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now. 14932 // 14933 // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete 14934 // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this. 14935 QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 14936 if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) { 14937 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor) 14938 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 14939 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14940 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 14941 continue; 14942 } 14943 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 14944 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 14945 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 14946 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 14947 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 14948 // Incomplete type 14949 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14950 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 14951 continue; 14952 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 14953 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 14954 // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a 14955 // flexible array member. 14956 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 14957 if (!Record->isUnion()) { 14958 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 14959 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 14960 // structures. 14961 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 14962 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 14963 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 14964 else { 14965 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 14966 // other structs as an extension. 14967 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 14968 << FD->getDeclName(); 14969 } 14970 } 14971 } 14972 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 14973 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 14974 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 14975 AbstractIvarType)) { 14976 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 14977 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14978 } 14979 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 14980 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 14981 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 14982 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 14983 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 14984 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 14985 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 14986 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 14987 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 14988 FD->setType(T); 14989 } else if (getLangOpts().allowsNonTrivialObjCLifetimeQualifiers() && 14990 Record && !ObjCFieldLifetimeErrReported && 14991 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) { 14992 // It's an error in ARC or Weak if a field has lifetime. 14993 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 14994 // so we just make the field unavailable. 14995 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 14996 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 14997 QualType T = FD->getType(); 14998 if (T.hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime()) { 14999 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 15000 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 15001 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 15002 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "", 15003 UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, loc)); 15004 } 15005 } else { 15006 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag) 15007 << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind(); 15008 } 15009 ObjCFieldLifetimeErrReported = true; 15010 } 15011 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 15012 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 15013 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 15014 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 15015 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 15016 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 15017 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 15018 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 15019 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 15020 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 15021 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 15022 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 15023 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 15024 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 15025 } 15026 } 15027 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 15028 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 15029 // Keep track of the number of named members. 15030 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 15031 ++NumNamedMembers; 15032 } 15033 15034 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 15035 if (Record) { 15036 bool Completed = false; 15037 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 15038 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 15039 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 15040 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 15041 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 15042 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 15043 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 15044 } 15045 15046 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 15047 if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 15048 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 15049 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 15050 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord, 15051 CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 15052 } 15053 15054 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 15055 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 15056 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 15057 15058 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 15059 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 15060 // problem now. 15061 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 15062 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 15063 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 15064 15065 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 15066 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 15067 M != MEnd; ++M) { 15068 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 15069 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 15070 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 15071 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 15072 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 15073 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 15074 continue; 15075 15076 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 15077 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 15078 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 15079 // program is ill-formed. 15080 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 15081 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 15082 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 15083 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 15084 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 15085 OM = SO->second.begin(), 15086 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 15087 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 15088 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 15089 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 15090 15091 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 15092 } 15093 } 15094 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 15095 Completed = true; 15096 } 15097 } 15098 } 15099 } 15100 15101 if (!Completed) 15102 Record->completeDefinition(); 15103 15104 // We may have deferred checking for a deleted destructor. Check now. 15105 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 15106 auto *Dtor = CXXRecord->getDestructor(); 15107 if (Dtor && Dtor->isImplicit() && 15108 ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(Dtor, CXXDestructor)) 15109 SetDeclDeleted(Dtor, CXXRecord->getLocation()); 15110 } 15111 15112 if (Record->hasAttrs()) { 15113 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); 15114 15115 if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>()) 15116 checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), 15117 IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 15118 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 15119 } 15120 15121 // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero 15122 // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause 15123 // compatibility problems. 15124 bool CheckForZeroSize; 15125 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 15126 CheckForZeroSize = true; 15127 } else { 15128 // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code. 15129 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record); 15130 CheckForZeroSize = 15131 CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() && 15132 !CXXRecord->isDependentType() && 15133 CXXRecord->isCLike(); 15134 } 15135 if (CheckForZeroSize) { 15136 bool ZeroSize = true; 15137 bool IsEmpty = true; 15138 unsigned NonBitFields = 0; 15139 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(), 15140 E = Record->field_end(); 15141 (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) { 15142 IsEmpty = false; 15143 if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) { 15144 if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0) 15145 ZeroSize = false; 15146 } else { 15147 ++NonBitFields; 15148 QualType FieldType = I->getType(); 15149 if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() || 15150 !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero()) 15151 ZeroSize = false; 15152 } 15153 } 15154 15155 // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are 15156 // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside 15157 // extern "C" block. 15158 if (ZeroSize) { 15159 Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? 15160 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c : 15161 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) 15162 << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1); 15163 } 15164 15165 // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), 15166 // but are accepted by GCC. 15167 if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 15168 Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union : 15169 diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) 15170 << Record->isUnion(); 15171 } 15172 } 15173 } else { 15174 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 15175 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 15176 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 15177 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 15178 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 15179 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 15180 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 15181 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 15182 } 15183 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 15184 // duplicates. 15185 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 15186 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 15187 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 15188 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 15189 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 15190 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 15191 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 15192 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 15193 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 15194 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 15195 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 15196 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 15197 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 15198 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 15199 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 15200 // reported as errors elsewhere. 15201 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 15202 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 15203 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 15204 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 15205 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 15206 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 15207 if (IDecl) { 15208 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 15209 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 15210 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 15211 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 15212 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 15213 continue; 15214 } 15215 for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) { 15216 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 15217 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 15218 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 15219 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 15220 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 15221 continue; 15222 } 15223 } 15224 } 15225 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 15226 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 15227 } 15228 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 15229 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 15230 } 15231 } 15232 15233 if (Attr) 15234 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 15235 } 15236 15237 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 15238 /// the given type T. 15239 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 15240 llvm::APSInt &Value, 15241 QualType T) { 15242 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 15243 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 15244 15245 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 15246 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 15247 --BitWidth; 15248 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 15249 } 15250 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 15251 } 15252 15253 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 15254 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 15255 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 15256 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 15257 // enum checking below. 15258 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 15259 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 15260 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 15261 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 15262 }; 15263 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 15264 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 15265 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 15266 }; 15267 15268 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 15269 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 15270 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 15271 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 15272 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 15273 return Types[I]; 15274 15275 return QualType(); 15276 } 15277 15278 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 15279 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 15280 SourceLocation IdLoc, 15281 IdentifierInfo *Id, 15282 Expr *Val) { 15283 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 15284 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 15285 QualType EltTy; 15286 15287 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 15288 Val = nullptr; 15289 15290 if (Val) 15291 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get(); 15292 15293 if (Val) { 15294 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 15295 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 15296 else { 15297 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 15298 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 15299 !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 15300 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 15301 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 15302 // constant expression of the underlying type. 15303 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 15304 ExprResult Converted = 15305 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 15306 CCEK_Enumerator); 15307 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 15308 Val = nullptr; 15309 else 15310 Val = Converted.get(); 15311 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 15312 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 15313 &EnumVal).get())) { 15314 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 15315 } else { 15316 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 15317 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 15318 15319 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 15320 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 15321 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 15322 // expression checking. 15323 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 15324 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 15325 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 15326 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 15327 } else 15328 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 15329 } else 15330 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, 15331 EltTy->isBooleanType() ? 15332 CK_IntegralToBoolean : CK_IntegralCast) 15333 .get(); 15334 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 15335 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 15336 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 15337 // is the type of its initializing value: 15338 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 15339 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 15340 EltTy = Val->getType(); 15341 } else { 15342 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 15343 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 15344 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 15345 // representable as an int. 15346 15347 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 15348 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 15349 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 15350 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 15351 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 15352 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 15353 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 15354 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 15355 } 15356 EltTy = Val->getType(); 15357 } 15358 } 15359 } 15360 } 15361 15362 if (!Val) { 15363 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 15364 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 15365 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 15366 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 15367 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 15368 // is the type of its initializing value: 15369 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 15370 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 15371 // 15372 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 15373 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 15374 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 15375 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 15376 } 15377 else { 15378 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 15379 } 15380 } else { 15381 // Assign the last value + 1. 15382 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 15383 ++EnumVal; 15384 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 15385 15386 // Check for overflow on increment. 15387 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 15388 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 15389 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 15390 // is the type of its initializing value: 15391 // 15392 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 15393 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 15394 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 15395 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 15396 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 15397 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 15398 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 15399 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 15400 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 15401 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 15402 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 15403 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 15404 ++EnumVal; 15405 if (Enum->isFixed()) 15406 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 15407 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 15408 << EnumVal.toString(10) 15409 << EltTy; 15410 else 15411 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large) 15412 << EnumVal.toString(10); 15413 } else { 15414 EltTy = T; 15415 } 15416 15417 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 15418 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 15419 // value, then increment. 15420 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 15421 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 15422 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 15423 ++EnumVal; 15424 15425 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 15426 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 15427 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 15428 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 15429 // integral type. 15430 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 15431 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 15432 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 15433 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 15434 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 15435 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 15436 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 15437 } 15438 } 15439 } 15440 15441 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 15442 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 15443 // enumerator's type. 15444 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 15445 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 15446 } 15447 15448 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 15449 Val, EnumVal); 15450 } 15451 15452 Sema::SkipBodyInfo Sema::shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II, 15453 SourceLocation IILoc) { 15454 if (!(getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) || 15455 !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15456 return SkipBodyInfo(); 15457 15458 // We have an anonymous enum definition. Look up the first enumerator to 15459 // determine if we should merge the definition with an existing one and 15460 // skip the body. 15461 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 15462 ForRedeclaration); 15463 auto *PrevECD = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl); 15464 if (!PrevECD) 15465 return SkipBodyInfo(); 15466 15467 EnumDecl *PrevED = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevECD->getDeclContext()); 15468 NamedDecl *Hidden; 15469 if (!PrevED->getDeclName() && !hasVisibleDefinition(PrevED, &Hidden)) { 15470 SkipBodyInfo Skip; 15471 Skip.Previous = Hidden; 15472 return Skip; 15473 } 15474 15475 return SkipBodyInfo(); 15476 } 15477 15478 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 15479 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 15480 AttributeList *Attr, 15481 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 15482 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 15483 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 15484 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 15485 15486 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 15487 // we find one that is. 15488 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 15489 15490 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 15491 // scope. 15492 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 15493 ForRedeclaration); 15494 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 15495 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 15496 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 15497 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 15498 PrevDecl = nullptr; 15499 } 15500 15501 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 15502 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 15503 // different from T: 15504 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 15505 // enumerated type 15506 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !TheEnumDecl->isScoped()) 15507 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext(), 15508 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc)); 15509 15510 EnumConstantDecl *New = 15511 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 15512 if (!New) 15513 return nullptr; 15514 15515 if (PrevDecl) { 15516 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 15517 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 15518 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 15519 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 15520 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S) && 15521 shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(PrevDecl, New)) { 15522 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 15523 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 15524 else 15525 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 15526 notePreviousDefinition(PrevDecl, IdLoc); 15527 return nullptr; 15528 } 15529 } 15530 15531 // Process attributes. 15532 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 15533 AddPragmaAttributes(S, New); 15534 15535 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 15536 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 15537 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 15538 15539 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 15540 15541 return New; 15542 } 15543 15544 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 15545 // duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 15546 // Element2 = Element1 15547 // Element2 = Element1 + 1 15548 // Element2 = Element1 - 1 15549 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 15550 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 15551 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 15552 if (!InitExpr) 15553 return true; 15554 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 15555 15556 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 15557 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 15558 return true; 15559 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 15560 if (!IL) 15561 return true; 15562 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 15563 return true; 15564 15565 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 15566 } 15567 15568 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 15569 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 15570 if (!DRE) 15571 return true; 15572 15573 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 15574 if (!EnumConstant) 15575 return true; 15576 15577 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 15578 Enum) 15579 return true; 15580 15581 return false; 15582 } 15583 15584 namespace { 15585 struct DupKey { 15586 int64_t val; 15587 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey; 15588 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) 15589 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {} 15590 }; 15591 15592 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) { 15593 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(), 15594 false); 15595 } 15596 15597 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey { 15598 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); } 15599 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); } 15600 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) { 15601 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37); 15602 } 15603 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) { 15604 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey && 15605 LHS.val == RHS.val; 15606 } 15607 }; 15608 } // end anonymous namespace 15609 15610 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 15611 // a previous element has already been set to. 15612 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 15613 EnumDecl *Enum, 15614 QualType EnumType) { 15615 if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation())) 15616 return; 15617 // Avoid anonymous enums 15618 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 15619 return; 15620 15621 // Only check for small enums. 15622 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 15623 return; 15624 15625 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 15626 typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector; 15627 15628 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 15629 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey> 15630 ValueToVectorMap; 15631 15632 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 15633 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 15634 15635 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 15636 // an initialier. 15637 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 15638 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 15639 15640 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 15641 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 15642 if (!ECD) { 15643 return; 15644 } 15645 15646 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 15647 continue; 15648 15649 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 15650 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 15651 15652 // First time encountering this value. 15653 if (Entry.isNull()) 15654 Entry = ECD; 15655 } 15656 15657 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 15658 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 15659 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 15660 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 15661 continue; 15662 15663 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 15664 15665 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 15666 if (Entry.isNull()) 15667 continue; 15668 15669 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 15670 // Ensure constants are different. 15671 if (D == ECD) 15672 continue; 15673 15674 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 15675 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector(); 15676 Vec->push_back(D); 15677 Vec->push_back(ECD); 15678 15679 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 15680 Entry = Vec; 15681 15682 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 15683 // diagnostics. 15684 DupVector.push_back(Vec); 15685 continue; 15686 } 15687 15688 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 15689 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 15690 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 15691 continue; 15692 15693 Vec->push_back(ECD); 15694 } 15695 15696 // Emit diagnostics. 15697 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(), 15698 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end(); 15699 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) { 15700 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter; 15701 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 15702 15703 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 15704 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin(); 15705 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 15706 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 15707 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 15708 ++I; 15709 15710 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 15711 // the same value. 15712 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I) 15713 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 15714 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 15715 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 15716 delete Vec; 15717 } 15718 } 15719 15720 bool Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val, 15721 bool AllowMask) const { 15722 assert(ED->isClosedFlag() && "looking for value in non-flag or open enum"); 15723 assert(ED->isCompleteDefinition() && "expected enum definition"); 15724 15725 auto R = FlagBitsCache.insert(std::make_pair(ED, llvm::APInt())); 15726 llvm::APInt &FlagBits = R.first->second; 15727 15728 if (R.second) { 15729 for (auto *E : ED->enumerators()) { 15730 const auto &EVal = E->getInitVal(); 15731 // Only single-bit enumerators introduce new flag values. 15732 if (EVal.isPowerOf2()) 15733 FlagBits = FlagBits.zextOrSelf(EVal.getBitWidth()) | EVal; 15734 } 15735 } 15736 15737 // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's 15738 // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is 15739 // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we 15740 // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value. 15741 // 15742 // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is 15743 // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is 15744 // likely a logic error. 15745 llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FlagBits.zextOrTrunc(Val.getBitWidth()); 15746 return !(FlagMask & Val) || (AllowMask && !(FlagMask & ~Val)); 15747 } 15748 15749 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceRange BraceRange, 15750 Decl *EnumDeclX, 15751 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 15752 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 15753 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 15754 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 15755 15756 if (Attr) 15757 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 15758 15759 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 15760 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 15761 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 15762 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 15763 if (!ECD) continue; 15764 15765 ECD->setType(EnumType); 15766 } 15767 15768 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 15769 return; 15770 } 15771 15772 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 15773 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 15774 // emit a warning. 15775 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 15776 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 15777 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 15778 15779 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 15780 // reverse the list. 15781 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 15782 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 15783 15784 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 15785 bool AllElementsInt = true; 15786 15787 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 15788 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 15789 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 15790 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 15791 15792 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 15793 15794 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 15795 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 15796 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 15797 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 15798 else 15799 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 15800 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 15801 15802 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 15803 if (AllElementsInt) 15804 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 15805 } 15806 15807 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 15808 QualType BestType; 15809 unsigned BestWidth; 15810 15811 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 15812 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 15813 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 15814 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 15815 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 15816 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 15817 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 15818 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 15819 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 15820 QualType BestPromotionType; 15821 15822 bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 15823 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 15824 // enum definitions. 15825 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 15826 Packed = true; 15827 15828 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 15829 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 15830 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 15831 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 15832 else 15833 BestPromotionType = BestType; 15834 15835 BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType); 15836 } 15837 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 15838 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 15839 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 15840 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 15841 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 15842 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 15843 BestWidth = CharWidth; 15844 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 15845 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 15846 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 15847 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 15848 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 15849 BestType = Context.IntTy; 15850 BestWidth = IntWidth; 15851 } else { 15852 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 15853 15854 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 15855 BestType = Context.LongTy; 15856 } else { 15857 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 15858 15859 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 15860 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large); 15861 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 15862 } 15863 } 15864 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 15865 } else { 15866 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 15867 // all of the enumerator values. 15868 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 15869 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 15870 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 15871 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 15872 BestWidth = CharWidth; 15873 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 15874 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 15875 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 15876 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 15877 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 15878 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 15879 BestWidth = IntWidth; 15880 BestPromotionType 15881 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15882 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 15883 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 15884 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 15885 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 15886 BestPromotionType 15887 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15888 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 15889 } else { 15890 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 15891 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 15892 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 15893 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 15894 BestPromotionType 15895 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15896 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 15897 } 15898 } 15899 15900 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 15901 // the type of the enum if needed. 15902 for (auto *D : Elements) { 15903 auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 15904 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 15905 15906 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 15907 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 15908 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 15909 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 15910 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 15911 15912 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 15913 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 15914 15915 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 15916 // the enum decl type. 15917 QualType NewTy; 15918 unsigned NewWidth; 15919 bool NewSign; 15920 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 15921 !Enum->isFixed() && 15922 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 15923 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 15924 NewWidth = IntWidth; 15925 NewSign = true; 15926 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 15927 // Already the right type! 15928 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15929 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 15930 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 15931 // enumeration. 15932 ECD->setType(EnumType); 15933 continue; 15934 } else { 15935 NewTy = BestType; 15936 NewWidth = BestWidth; 15937 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 15938 } 15939 15940 // Adjust the APSInt value. 15941 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 15942 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 15943 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 15944 15945 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 15946 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 15947 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 15948 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 15949 CK_IntegralCast, 15950 ECD->getInitExpr(), 15951 /*base paths*/ nullptr, 15952 VK_RValue)); 15953 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15954 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 15955 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 15956 // enumeration. 15957 ECD->setType(EnumType); 15958 else 15959 ECD->setType(NewTy); 15960 } 15961 15962 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 15963 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 15964 15965 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType); 15966 15967 if (Enum->isClosedFlag()) { 15968 for (Decl *D : Elements) { 15969 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 15970 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 15971 15972 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 15973 if (InitVal != 0 && !InitVal.isPowerOf2() && 15974 !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true)) 15975 Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range) 15976 << ECD << Enum; 15977 } 15978 } 15979 15980 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. 15981 if (Enum->hasAttrs()) 15982 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); 15983 } 15984 15985 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 15986 SourceLocation StartLoc, 15987 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 15988 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 15989 15990 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 15991 AsmString, StartLoc, 15992 EndLoc); 15993 CurContext->addDecl(New); 15994 return New; 15995 } 15996 15997 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M, 15998 SourceLocation ImportLoc, DeclContext *DC, 15999 bool FromInclude = false) { 16000 SourceLocation ExternCLoc; 16001 16002 if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) { 16003 switch (LSD->getLanguage()) { 16004 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c: 16005 if (ExternCLoc.isInvalid()) 16006 ExternCLoc = LSD->getLocStart(); 16007 break; 16008 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx: 16009 break; 16010 } 16011 DC = LSD->getParent(); 16012 } 16013 16014 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 16015 DC = DC->getParent(); 16016 16017 if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 16018 S.Diag(ImportLoc, (FromInclude && S.isModuleVisible(M)) 16019 ? diag::ext_module_import_not_at_top_level_noop 16020 : diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level_fatal) 16021 << M->getFullModuleName() << DC; 16022 S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(), 16023 diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level) << DC; 16024 } else if (!M->IsExternC && ExternCLoc.isValid()) { 16025 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::ext_module_import_in_extern_c) 16026 << M->getFullModuleName(); 16027 S.Diag(ExternCLoc, diag::note_extern_c_begins_here); 16028 } 16029 } 16030 16031 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ActOnModuleDecl(SourceLocation StartLoc, 16032 SourceLocation ModuleLoc, 16033 ModuleDeclKind MDK, 16034 ModuleIdPath Path) { 16035 // A module implementation unit requires that we are not compiling a module 16036 // of any kind. A module interface unit requires that we are not compiling a 16037 // module map. 16038 switch (getLangOpts().getCompilingModule()) { 16039 case LangOptions::CMK_None: 16040 // It's OK to compile a module interface as a normal translation unit. 16041 break; 16042 16043 case LangOptions::CMK_ModuleInterface: 16044 if (MDK != ModuleDeclKind::Implementation) 16045 break; 16046 16047 // We were asked to compile a module interface unit but this is a module 16048 // implementation unit. That indicates the 'export' is missing. 16049 Diag(ModuleLoc, diag::err_module_interface_implementation_mismatch) 16050 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(ModuleLoc, "export "); 16051 break; 16052 16053 case LangOptions::CMK_ModuleMap: 16054 Diag(ModuleLoc, diag::err_module_decl_in_module_map_module); 16055 return nullptr; 16056 } 16057 16058 // FIXME: Create a ModuleDecl and return it. 16059 16060 // FIXME: Most of this work should be done by the preprocessor rather than 16061 // here, in order to support macro import. 16062 16063 // Flatten the dots in a module name. Unlike Clang's hierarchical module map 16064 // modules, the dots here are just another character that can appear in a 16065 // module name. 16066 std::string ModuleName; 16067 for (auto &Piece : Path) { 16068 if (!ModuleName.empty()) 16069 ModuleName += "."; 16070 ModuleName += Piece.first->getName(); 16071 } 16072 16073 // If a module name was explicitly specified on the command line, it must be 16074 // correct. 16075 if (!getLangOpts().CurrentModule.empty() && 16076 getLangOpts().CurrentModule != ModuleName) { 16077 Diag(Path.front().second, diag::err_current_module_name_mismatch) 16078 << SourceRange(Path.front().second, Path.back().second) 16079 << getLangOpts().CurrentModule; 16080 return nullptr; 16081 } 16082 const_cast<LangOptions&>(getLangOpts()).CurrentModule = ModuleName; 16083 16084 auto &Map = PP.getHeaderSearchInfo().getModuleMap(); 16085 16086 switch (MDK) { 16087 case ModuleDeclKind::Module: { 16088 // FIXME: Check we're not in a submodule. 16089 16090 // We can't have parsed or imported a definition of this module or parsed a 16091 // module map defining it already. 16092 if (auto *M = Map.findModule(ModuleName)) { 16093 Diag(Path[0].second, diag::err_module_redefinition) << ModuleName; 16094 if (M->DefinitionLoc.isValid()) 16095 Diag(M->DefinitionLoc, diag::note_prev_module_definition); 16096 else if (const auto *FE = M->getASTFile()) 16097 Diag(M->DefinitionLoc, diag::note_prev_module_definition_from_ast_file) 16098 << FE->getName(); 16099 return nullptr; 16100 } 16101 16102 // Create a Module for the module that we're defining. 16103 Module *Mod = Map.createModuleForInterfaceUnit(ModuleLoc, ModuleName); 16104 assert(Mod && "module creation should not fail"); 16105 16106 // Enter the semantic scope of the module. 16107 ActOnModuleBegin(ModuleLoc, Mod); 16108 return nullptr; 16109 } 16110 16111 case ModuleDeclKind::Partition: 16112 // FIXME: Check we are in a submodule of the named module. 16113 return nullptr; 16114 16115 case ModuleDeclKind::Implementation: 16116 std::pair<IdentifierInfo *, SourceLocation> ModuleNameLoc( 16117 PP.getIdentifierInfo(ModuleName), Path[0].second); 16118 16119 DeclResult Import = ActOnModuleImport(ModuleLoc, ModuleLoc, ModuleNameLoc); 16120 if (Import.isInvalid()) 16121 return nullptr; 16122 return ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Import.get()); 16123 } 16124 16125 llvm_unreachable("unexpected module decl kind"); 16126 } 16127 16128 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation StartLoc, 16129 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 16130 ModuleIdPath Path) { 16131 Module *Mod = 16132 getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible, 16133 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 16134 if (!Mod) 16135 return true; 16136 16137 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, ImportLoc); 16138 16139 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext); 16140 16141 // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule 16142 // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than 16143 // silently ignoring the import. 16144 // Import-from-implementation is valid in the Modules TS. FIXME: Should we 16145 // warn on a redundant import of the current module? 16146 if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule && 16147 (getLangOpts().isCompilingModule() || !getLangOpts().ModulesTS)) 16148 Diag(ImportLoc, getLangOpts().isCompilingModule() 16149 ? diag::err_module_self_import 16150 : diag::err_module_import_in_implementation) 16151 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule; 16152 16153 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 16154 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 16155 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 16156 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 16157 // We need the length to be consistent. 16158 if (!ModCheck) 16159 break; 16160 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 16161 16162 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 16163 } 16164 16165 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 16166 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, TU, StartLoc, 16167 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 16168 if (!ModuleScopes.empty()) 16169 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, Import); 16170 TU->addDecl(Import); 16171 return Import; 16172 } 16173 16174 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 16175 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext, true); 16176 BuildModuleInclude(DirectiveLoc, Mod); 16177 } 16178 16179 void Sema::BuildModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 16180 // Determine whether we're in the #include buffer for a module. The #includes 16181 // in that buffer do not qualify as module imports; they're just an 16182 // implementation detail of us building the module. 16183 // 16184 // FIXME: Should we even get ActOnModuleInclude calls for those? 16185 bool IsInModuleIncludes = 16186 TUKind == TU_Module && 16187 getSourceManager().isWrittenInMainFile(DirectiveLoc); 16188 16189 bool ShouldAddImport = !IsInModuleIncludes; 16190 16191 // If this module import was due to an inclusion directive, create an 16192 // implicit import declaration to capture it in the AST. 16193 if (ShouldAddImport) { 16194 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 16195 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 16196 DirectiveLoc, Mod, 16197 DirectiveLoc); 16198 if (!ModuleScopes.empty()) 16199 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, ImportD); 16200 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 16201 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 16202 } 16203 16204 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc); 16205 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 16206 } 16207 16208 void Sema::ActOnModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 16209 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext, true); 16210 16211 ModuleScopes.push_back({}); 16212 ModuleScopes.back().Module = Mod; 16213 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 16214 ModuleScopes.back().OuterVisibleModules = std::move(VisibleModules); 16215 16216 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 16217 16218 // The enclosing context is now part of this module. 16219 // FIXME: Consider creating a child DeclContext to hold the entities 16220 // lexically within the module. 16221 if (getLangOpts().trackLocalOwningModule()) { 16222 for (auto *DC = CurContext; DC; DC = DC->getLexicalParent()) { 16223 cast<Decl>(DC)->setModuleOwnershipKind( 16224 getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility 16225 ? Decl::ModuleOwnershipKind::VisibleWhenImported 16226 : Decl::ModuleOwnershipKind::Visible); 16227 cast<Decl>(DC)->setLocalOwningModule(Mod); 16228 } 16229 } 16230 } 16231 16232 void Sema::ActOnModuleEnd(SourceLocation EomLoc, Module *Mod) { 16233 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) { 16234 VisibleModules = std::move(ModuleScopes.back().OuterVisibleModules); 16235 // Leaving a module hides namespace names, so our visible namespace cache 16236 // is now out of date. 16237 VisibleNamespaceCache.clear(); 16238 } 16239 16240 assert(!ModuleScopes.empty() && ModuleScopes.back().Module == Mod && 16241 "left the wrong module scope"); 16242 ModuleScopes.pop_back(); 16243 16244 // We got to the end of processing a local module. Create an 16245 // ImportDecl as we would for an imported module. 16246 FileID File = getSourceManager().getFileID(EomLoc); 16247 SourceLocation DirectiveLoc; 16248 if (EomLoc == getSourceManager().getLocForEndOfFile(File)) { 16249 // We reached the end of a #included module header. Use the #include loc. 16250 assert(File != getSourceManager().getMainFileID() && 16251 "end of submodule in main source file"); 16252 DirectiveLoc = getSourceManager().getIncludeLoc(File); 16253 } else { 16254 // We reached an EOM pragma. Use the pragma location. 16255 DirectiveLoc = EomLoc; 16256 } 16257 BuildModuleInclude(DirectiveLoc, Mod); 16258 16259 // Any further declarations are in whatever module we returned to. 16260 if (getLangOpts().trackLocalOwningModule()) { 16261 // The parser guarantees that this is the same context that we entered 16262 // the module within. 16263 for (auto *DC = CurContext; DC; DC = DC->getLexicalParent()) { 16264 cast<Decl>(DC)->setLocalOwningModule(getCurrentModule()); 16265 if (!getCurrentModule()) 16266 cast<Decl>(DC)->setModuleOwnershipKind( 16267 Decl::ModuleOwnershipKind::Unowned); 16268 } 16269 } 16270 } 16271 16272 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc, 16273 Module *Mod) { 16274 // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here. 16275 if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery || 16276 VisibleModules.isVisible(Mod)) 16277 return; 16278 16279 // Create the implicit import declaration. 16280 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 16281 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 16282 Loc, Mod, Loc); 16283 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 16284 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 16285 16286 // Make the module visible. 16287 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc); 16288 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, Loc); 16289 } 16290 16291 /// We have parsed the start of an export declaration, including the '{' 16292 /// (if present). 16293 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartExportDecl(Scope *S, SourceLocation ExportLoc, 16294 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 16295 ExportDecl *D = ExportDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, ExportLoc); 16296 16297 // C++ Modules TS draft: 16298 // An export-declaration shall appear in the purview of a module other than 16299 // the global module. 16300 if (ModuleScopes.empty() || !ModuleScopes.back().Module || 16301 ModuleScopes.back().Module->Kind != Module::ModuleInterfaceUnit) 16302 Diag(ExportLoc, diag::err_export_not_in_module_interface); 16303 16304 // An export-declaration [...] shall not contain more than one 16305 // export keyword. 16306 // 16307 // The intent here is that an export-declaration cannot appear within another 16308 // export-declaration. 16309 if (D->isExported()) 16310 Diag(ExportLoc, diag::err_export_within_export); 16311 16312 CurContext->addDecl(D); 16313 PushDeclContext(S, D); 16314 return D; 16315 } 16316 16317 /// Complete the definition of an export declaration. 16318 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishExportDecl(Scope *S, Decl *D, SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 16319 auto *ED = cast<ExportDecl>(D); 16320 if (RBraceLoc.isValid()) 16321 ED->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 16322 16323 // FIXME: Diagnose export of internal-linkage declaration (including 16324 // anonymous namespace). 16325 16326 PopDeclContext(); 16327 return D; 16328 } 16329 16330 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 16331 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 16332 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 16333 SourceLocation NameLoc, 16334 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 16335 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 16336 LookupOrdinaryName); 16337 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = 16338 AsmLabelAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, AliasName->getName(), AliasNameLoc); 16339 16340 // If a declaration that: 16341 // 1) declares a function or a variable 16342 // 2) has external linkage 16343 // already exists, add a label attribute to it. 16344 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 16345 if (isDeclExternC(PrevDecl)) 16346 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 16347 else 16348 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 16349 << /*Variable*/(isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) ? 0 : 1) << PrevDecl; 16350 // Otherwise, add a label atttibute to ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers. 16351 } else 16352 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(std::make_pair(Name, Attr)); 16353 } 16354 16355 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 16356 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 16357 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 16358 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 16359 16360 if (PrevDecl) { 16361 PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc)); 16362 } else { 16363 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 16364 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 16365 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc))); 16366 } 16367 } 16368 16369 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 16370 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 16371 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 16372 SourceLocation NameLoc, 16373 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 16374 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 16375 LookupOrdinaryName); 16376 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 16377 16378 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 16379 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 16380 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 16381 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 16382 } else { 16383 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 16384 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 16385 } 16386 } 16387 16388 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 16389 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 16390 } 16391